*** empty log message ***

end of file.  From James Youngman.

ABOUT-NLS

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
-Notes on the GNU Translation Project
-************************************
+Notes on the Free Translation Project
+*************************************
 
-   GNU is going international!  The GNU Translation Project is a way to
-get maintainers, translators, and users all together, so that GNU will
-gradually become able to speak many languages.  A few packages already
-provide translations for their messages.
+   Free software is going international!  The Free Translation Project
+is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
+together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages.
+A few packages already provide translations for their messages.
 
-   If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a GNU distribution, you
-may assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext'
-internally, itself available at your nearest GNU archive site.  But you
-do *not* need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing
-or using this package with messages translated.
+   If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
+assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
+itself available at your nearest GNU archive site.  But you do *not*
+need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
+this package with messages translated.
 
    Installers will find here some useful hints.  These notes also
 explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
@@ -31,19 +31,23 @@ should configure it using
      ./configure --with-included-gettext
 
 to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
-package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in
-the operating system where this package is being installed.  So far, no
-prior implementation provides as many useful features (such as locale
-alias or message inheritance).  It is also not possible to offer this
-additional functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation.  Future
-versions of GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more
-functionality.  So it might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext'
-as soon as possible.
+package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
+operating system where this package is being installed.  So far, only
+the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
+many features (such as locale alias or message inheritance) as the
+implementation here.  It is also not possible to offer this additional
+functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation.  Future versions of
+GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more functionality.  So it
+might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
+
+   So you need not provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
+you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
+included `libintl'.
 
 INSTALL Matters
 ===============
 
-   Some GNU packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
+   Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
 programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
 Most such packages use GNU `gettext'.  Other packages have their own
 ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
@@ -113,37 +117,35 @@ shell prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de' (in `csh'),
 can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for all.
 
    An operating system might already offer message localization for
-many of its programs, while other programs (whether GNU or not) have
-been installed locally with the full capabilities of GNU `gettext'.
-Just using `gettext' extended syntax for `LANG' would break proper
-localization of already available operating system programs.  In this
-case, users should set both `LANGUAGE' and `LANG' variables in their
-environment, as programs using GNU `gettext' give preference to
-`LANGUAGE'.  For example, some Swedish users would rather read
-translations in German than English for when Swedish is not available.
-This is easily accomplished by setting `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while
-leaving `LANG' to `sv'.
+many of its programs, while other programs have been installed locally
+with the full capabilities of GNU `gettext'.  Just using `gettext'
+extended syntax for `LANG' would break proper localization of already
+available operating system programs.  In this case, users should set
+both `LANGUAGE' and `LANG' variables in their environment, as programs
+using GNU `gettext' give preference to `LANGUAGE'.  For example, some
+Swedish users would rather read translations in German than English for
+when Swedish is not available.  This is easily accomplished by setting
+`LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv'.
 
 Translating Teams
 =================
 
-   For the GNU Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
+   For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
 people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
 able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
 Each translation team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux
 International.  You may reach your translation team at the address
 `LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your
 language.  Language codes are *not* the same as the country codes given
-in ISO 3166.  The following translation teams exist, as of February
+in ISO 3166.  The following translation teams exist, as of December
 1997:
 
-     Arabic `ar', Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl',
-     English `en', Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German
-     `de', Greek `el', Hebrew `he', Hungarian `hu', Irish `ga', Italian
-     `it', Indonesian `id', Japanese `ja', Korean `ko', Latin `la',
-     Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish `pl', Portuguese `pt',
-     Russian `ru', Slovenian `sl', Spanish `es', Swedish `sv', Telugu
-     `te', Turkish `tr' and Ukrainian `uk'.
+     Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl', English `en',
+     Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German `de', Hungarian
+     `hu', Irish `ga', Italian `it', Indonesian `id', Japanese `ja',
+     Korean `ko', Latin `la', Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish
+     `pl', Portuguese `pt', Russian `ru', Slovenian `sl', Spanish `es',
+     Swedish `sv', and Turkish `tr'.
 
 For example, you may reach the Chinese translation team by writing to
 `zh@li.org'.
@@ -160,55 +162,53 @@ message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
 *actively* in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
 rather than merely lurking around.  If your team does not exist yet and
 you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
-get started, please write to `gnu-translation@gnu.ai.mit.edu' to reach
-the GNU coordinator for all translator teams.
+get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the
+coordinator for all translator teams.
 
    The English team is special.  It works at improving and uniformizing
-the terminology used in GNU.  Proven linguistic skill are praised more
-than programming skill, here.  For the time being, please avoid
-subscribing to the English team unless explicitly invited to do so.
+the terminology in use.  Proven linguistic skill are praised more than
+programming skill, here.
 
 Available Packages
 ==================
 
-   Languages are not equally supported in all GNU packages.  The
-following matrix shows the current state of GNU internationalization,
-as of February 1997.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for
-which languages PO files have been submitted to translation
-coordination.
+   Languages are not equally supported in all packages.  The following
+matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of December
+1997.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
+PO files have been submitted to translation coordination.
 
-     Ready PO files    cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
-                     .-------------------------------------------.
-     bash            |    []          []       []                |  3
-     bison           |    []          []       []                |  3
-     clisp           |    [] []       []                         |  3
-     cpio            |    []    []    []       []    []          |  5
-     diffutils       |          []    []             []       [] |  4
-     enscript        |    []       [] []       []          []    |  5
-     fileutils       |    []    []    []       []    [] [] [] [] |  8
-     findutils       |    []    []    []    [] []    []       [] |  7
-     flex            |                []    []                [] |  3
-     gcal            |    []          []       []                |  3
-     gettext         |    []    []    []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11
-     grep            |          []    []    [] [] [] []    [] [] |  8
-     hello           |    []    []    []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10
-     id-utils        |    []          []                         |  2
-     indent          |    []                []                   |  2
-     libc            |    []    []    []    [] []    []       [] |  7
-     m4              |    []          [] []    []             [] |  5
-     make            |    []    []    []    [] []    []          |  6
-     music           |                []                         |  1
-     ptx             |    []    []    []       [] [] [] []    [] |  8
-     recode          |    []    []    []       []    [] [] [] [] |  8
-     sh-utils        |    []          []       []       []    [] |  5
-     sharutils       |    []    []    []       []             [] |  5
-     tar             |    []          []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |  9
-     texinfo         |                                           |  0
-     textutils       |    []    []    []    [] []    []          |  6
-     wdiff           | [] []    []    []       [] [] []       [] |  8
-                     `-------------------------------------------'
-       14 languages    cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
-       27 packages      1 22  1 14  1 25  1 10 20  7 14  7  7 15  145
+     Ready PO files    cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv
+                     .----------------------------------------------------.
+     bash            |       []          []          []                   |  3
+     bison           |       []          []          []                   |  3
+     clisp           |       [] [] []    []                               |  4
+     cpio            |       []    []    []       [] []    []             |  6
+     diffutils       |       []    []    []                []          [] |  5
+     enscript        |       []    [] [] []          []             []    |  6
+     fileutils       | []    []    []    []       [] []    [] []    [] [] | 10
+     findutils       |       []    []    [] []    [] []    []    []    [] |  9
+     flex            |             []    []       []                   [] |  4
+     gcal            |       []          []          []    []          [] |  5
+     gettext         |    [] []    []    []       [] [] [] [] []    [] [] | 12
+     grep            |       []    []    []       [] [] [] []    [] [] [] | 10
+     hello           |    [] []    []    []       [] [] [] [] []    [] [] | 11
+     id-utils        |       []          []                []             |  3
+     indent          |    [] []                   []       []    []       |  5
+     libc            |       []    []    []       [] []    []          [] |  7
+     m4              |       []          []    []    []          []    [] |  6
+     make            |       []    []    []       [] []    []             |  6
+     music           |                   []                []             |  2
+     ptx             |       []    []    []          [] [] [] []       [] |  8
+     recode          |    [] []    []    []          []    [] []    [] [] |  9
+     sh-utils        |       []    []    []          [] [] [] []       [] |  8
+     sharutils       | []    []    []    []          []                [] |  6
+     tar             | []    []          [] []    [] [] [] [] []    [] [] | 11
+     texinfo         | []    []          []                               |  3
+     textutils       | []    []    []    []       [] [] [] []          [] |  9
+     wdiff           | []    []    []    []          [] [] []          [] |  8
+                     `----------------------------------------------------'
+       17 languages    cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv
+       27 packages      6  4 25  1 18  1 26  2  1 12 20  9 19  7  4  7 17  179
 
    Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
 visible blocks let us expect.  This is because a few extra PO files are
@@ -219,8 +219,8 @@ dialects.
 which it applies should also have been internationalized and
 distributed as such by its maintainer.  There might be an observable
 lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
-GNU distribution.
+distribution.
 
-   If February 1997 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
+   If December 1997 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
 of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.
 

GNUmakefile

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# Having a separate GNUmakefile lets me `include' the dynamically
+# generated rules created via Makefile.maint as well as Makefile.maint itself.
+# This makefile is used only if you run GNU Make.
+# It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
+# only to the maintainer.
+
+have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)
+
+# If the user runs GNU make but has not yet run ./configure,
+# give them a diagnostic.
+ifeq ($(have-Makefile),yes)
+
+include Makefile
+include $(srcdir)/Makefile.maint
+
+else
+
+all:
+	@echo There seems to be no Makefile in this directory.
+	@echo "You must run ./configure before running \`make'."
+	@exit 1
+
+endif

Makefile.maint

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# -*-Makefile-*-
+# This Makefile fragment is shared between fileutils, sh-utils, textutils.
+
+maintainer-check:
+	if head ChangeLog| grep 'Version $(VERSION)' > /dev/null; then \
+	  :; \
+	else \
+	  echo "$(VERSION) not in ChangeLog; not tagging" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	fi
+	$(MAKE) distcheck
+	$(MAKE) my-distcheck
+
+# Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
+# checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
+cvs-dist: maintainer-check
+	pkg=`echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr a-z A-Z`; \
+	ver=`echo "$(VERSION)" | sed 's/\./_/g'`; \
+	tag="$$pkg-$$ver"; \
+	echo tag=$$tag; \
+	if cvs -n log -h README| grep -e $$tag > /dev/null; then \
+	  echo "VERSION not new; not tagging" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	fi; \
+	cvs update po; \
+	cvs tag -c $$tag
+	$(MAKE) dist
+
+t=./=test
+my-distcheck: dist
+	-rm -rf $(t)
+	mkdir $(t)
+	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
+	cd $(t)/$(distdir) \
+	  && ./configure --disable-nls \
+	  && $(MAKE) \
+	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
+	  && $(MAKE) check \
+	  && $(MAKE) distclean
+	cd $(t) && $(TAR) --diff -z -f ../$(distdir).tar.gz
+	-rm -rf $(t)
+	@echo "========================"; \
+	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
+	echo "========================"

THANKS

@@ -6,17 +6,26 @@ Andreas Schwab: schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de
 Arne Henrik Juul: arnej@imf.unit.no
 Bauke Jan Douma: bjdouma@xs4all.nl
 Bengt Martensson: bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de
+Bjorn Helgaas: helgaas@rsn.hp.com
 Charles Karney: karney@pppl.gov
+Dirk Lattermann: dlatt@t-online.de
+Don Parsons: dparsons@synapse.kent.edu
 Eirik Fuller: eirik@netcom.com
+Eli Zaretskii: eliz@is.elta.co.il
 Emile LeBlanc: leblanc@math.toronto.edu
+François Pinard: pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
 Galen Hazelwood: galenh@micron.net
+Göran Uddeborg: goeran@uddeborg.pp.se
 Greg McGary: gkm@eng.ascend.com
 Hugh Daniel: hugh@xanadu.com
 James: james@albion.glarp.com
 James Antill: jmanti%essex.ac.uk@seralph21.essex.ac.uk
+James Tanis: jtt@soscorp.com
 Jesse Thilo: jgt2@eecs.lehigh.edu
 Joakim Rosqvist: dvljrt@cs.umu.se
 John Gatewood Ham: zappaman@alphabox.compsci.buu.ac.th
+Kjetil Torgrim Homme: kjetilho@ifi.uio.no
+Lorne Baker: lbaker@nitro.avint.net
 Marcus Daniels: marcus@sysc.pdx.edu
 Mark A. Thomas: thommark@access.digex.net
 Mark Harris: mark@monitor.designacc.com
@@ -27,12 +36,12 @@ Miles Bader: miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu
 Noel Cragg: noel@red-bean.com
 Peter Eriksson: peter@ifm.liu.se
 Paul Eggert: eggert@twinsun.com
+Philippe De Muyter: phdm@macqel.be
 Ross Ridge: rridge@calum.csclub.uwaterloo.ca
-Santiago Vila Doncel: sanvila@ctv.es
+Santiago Vila Doncel: sanvila@unex.es
 Stuart Kemp: skemp@peter.bmc.com
 Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG: thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
 Torbjorn Lindgren: tl@funcom.no
 Tony Leneis: tony@plaza.ds.adp.com
 Michael Veksler: mveksler@techunix.technion.ac.il
 Wayne Stewart: wstewa@atl.com
-

doc/Makefile.in

@@ -1,10 +1,9 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.2d from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3 from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
 # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
@@ -32,6 +31,8 @@ mandir = @mandir@
 includedir = @includedir@
 oldincludedir = /usr/include
 
+DISTDIR =
+
 pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
@@ -66,12 +67,12 @@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
 GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
 GT_NO = @GT_NO@
 GT_YES = @GT_YES@
+INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
 INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
 INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
 INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
 INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
 LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
-MAINT = @MAINT@
 MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
 MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
 MVDIR_PROG = @MVDIR_PROG@
@@ -112,19 +113,19 @@ DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
 
 TAR = tar
 GZIP = --best
-default: all
+all: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
 
 .SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
+.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo .txi
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
 	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits doc/Makefile
 
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 	cd $(top_builddir) \
 	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
 
 
-version.texi: @MAINT@stamp-vti
+version.texi: stamp-vti
 	cp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
 
 stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
@@ -145,7 +146,7 @@ clean-vti:
 distclean-vti:
 
 maintainer-clean-vti:
-	-@MAINT@rm -f stamp-vti version.texi
+	-rm -f stamp-vti version.texi
 
 fileutils.info: fileutils.texi version.texi
 fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
@@ -180,26 +181,40 @@ DVIPS = dvips
 .texinfo.dvi:
 	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
 	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.txi.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.txi.dvi:
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
+	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.txi:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
 .dvi.ps:
 	$(DVIPS) $< -o $@
 
 install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
 	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-	$(mkinstalldirs) $(infodir)
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
 	@for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
 	  for ifile in `cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
 	    if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
-	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
-	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile; \
+	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile; \
 	    else : ; fi; \
 	  done; \
 	done
 	@$(POST_INSTALL)
 	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
 	  for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file";\
-	    install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file || :;\
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
 	  done; \
 	else : ; fi
 
@@ -210,11 +225,11 @@ uninstall-info:
 	else ii=; fi; \
 	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
 	  test -z "$ii" \
-	    || install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
+	    || install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
 	done
-	$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
 	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	  (cd $(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \
+	  (cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \
 	done
 
 dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
@@ -282,12 +297,10 @@ install: install-exec install-data all
 
 uninstall: uninstall-info
 
-all: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
-
 install-strip:
 	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
 installdirs:
-	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(infodir)
+	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
 
 
 mostlyclean-generic:
@@ -316,11 +329,11 @@ maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 
-.PHONY: default mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti \
-maintainer-clean-vti install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo \
-distclean-aminfo clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info \
-dvi installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
-installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
+.PHONY: mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti maintainer-clean-vti \
+install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo distclean-aminfo \
+clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info dvi installcheck \
+install-exec install-data install uninstall all installdirs \
+mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
 maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 
 

doc/getdate.texi

@@ -467,15 +467,15 @@ year.
 @cindex MacKenzie, David
 @cindex Meyering, Jim
 @code{getdate} was originally implemented by Steven M. Bellovin
-(@samp{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
+(@email{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
 at Chapel Hill.  The code was later tweaked by a couple of people on
-Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@samp{rsalz@@bbn.com})
-and Jim Berets (@samp{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990.  Various
+Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@email{rsalz@@bbn.com})
+and Jim Berets (@email{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990.  Various
 revisions for the GNU system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
 and others.
 
 @cindex Pinard, F.
 @cindex Berry, K.
 This chapter was originally produced by Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
-(@samp{pinard@@iro.umontreal.ca}) from the @file{getdate.y} source code,
-and then edited by K.@: Berry (@samp{kb@@cs.umb.edu}).
+(@email{pinard@@iro.umontreal.ca}) from the @file{getdate.y} source code,
+and then edited by K.@: Berry (@email{kb@@cs.umb.edu}).

doc/sh-utils.texi

@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ The GNU shell utilities are mostly compatible with the POSIX.2 standard.
 @c This paragraph appears in all of fileutils.texi, textutils.texi, and
 @c sh-utils.texi too -- so be sure to keep them consistent.
 @cindex bugs, reporting
-Please report bugs to @samp{sh-utils-bugs@@gnu.ai.mit.edu}.  Remember
+Please report bugs to @samp{sh-utils-bugs@@gnu.org}.  Remember
 to include the version number, machine architecture, input files, and
 any other information needed to reproduce the bug: your input, what you
 expected, what you got, and why it is wrong.  Diffs are welcome, but
@@ -1140,15 +1140,16 @@ The only options are a lone @samp{--help} or
 Synopses:
 
 @example
-stty [@var{setting}]@dots{}
+stty [@var{option}] [@var{setting}]@dots{}
 stty [@var{option}]
 @end example
 
-If given no arguments, @code{stty} prints the baud rate, line
+If given no line settings, @code{stty} prints the baud rate, line
 discipline number (on systems that support it), and line settings
 that have been changed from the values set by @samp{stty sane}.
-Mode reading and setting are performed on the tty line connected to
-standard input.
+By default, mode reading and setting are performed on the tty line
+connected to standard input, although this can be modified by the
+@samp{--file} option.
 
 @code{stty} accepts many non-option arguments that change aspects of
 the terminal line operation, as described below.
@@ -1160,7 +1161,19 @@ The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 @itemx --all
 @opindex -a
 @opindex --all
-Print all current settings in human-readable form.
+Print all current settings in human-readable form.  This option may not
+be used in combination with any line settings.
+
+@item -F @var{device}
+@itemx --file @var{device}
+@opindex -F
+@opindex --file
+Set the line opened by the filename specified in @var{device} instead of
+the tty line connected to standard input.  This option is necessary
+because opening a POSIX tty requires use of the @code{O_NONDELAY} flag to
+prevent a POSIX tty from blocking until the carrier detect line is high if
+the @code{clocal} flag is not set.  Hence, it is not always possible
+to allow the shell to open the device in the traditional manner.
 
 @item -g
 @itemx --save
@@ -1168,7 +1181,8 @@ Print all current settings in human-readable form.
 @opindex --save
 @cindex machine-readable @code{stty} output
 Print all current settings in a form that can be used as an argument to
-another @code{stty} command to restore the current settings.
+another @code{stty} command to restore the current settings.  This option
+may not be used in combination with any line settings.
 
 @end table
 

doc/texinfo.tex

@@ -1,32 +1,56 @@
-%% TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
-%% $Id: texinfo.tex,v 1.16 1997/12/25 18:00:21 meyering Exp $
-
-%  Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93,
-%                94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-%This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-%modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-%published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
-%your option) any later version.
-
-%This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
-%useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
-%of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-%General Public License for more details.
-
-%You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-%along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
-%to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-%Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-
-%In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
-%You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
-%what you give them.   Help stamp out software-hoarding!
-
-
-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-% Please include a *precise* test case in each bug report.
+% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
+% $Id: texinfo.tex,v 1.17 1998/04/11 15:03:51 meyering Exp $
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98
+% Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
+% your option) any later version.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
+% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+% General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
+% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+%
+% In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
+% You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
+% what you give them.   Help stamp out software-hoarding!
+%
+% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
+% reports; you can get the latest version from:
+% /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
+% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/texinfo.tex
+% (and all GNU mirrors)
+% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
+% ftp://ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex
+% (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@tug.org for a list).
+% 
+% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.
+% Please include a precise test case in each bug report,
+% including a complete document with which we can reproduce the problem.
+% 
+% Texinfo macros (with @macro) are *not* supported by texinfo.tex.  You
+% have to run makeinfo -E to expand macros first; the texi2dvi script
+% does this.
+% 
+% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
+% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution.  For simple
+% manuals, you can get away with:
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   texindex foo.??
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file.
+% The extra runs of TeX get the cross-reference information correct.
+% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
+% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
 
 
 % Make it possible to create a .fmt file just by loading this file:
@@ -36,7 +60,7 @@
 
 % This automatically updates the version number based on RCS.
 \def\deftexinfoversion$#1: #2 ${\def\texinfoversion{#2}}
-\deftexinfoversion$Revision: 1.16 $
+\deftexinfoversion$Revision: 1.17 $
 \message{Loading texinfo package [Version \texinfoversion]:}
 
 % If in a .fmt file, print the version number
@@ -54,24 +78,17 @@
 \let\ptexdot=\.
 \let\ptexdots=\dots
 \let\ptexend=\end
-\let\ptexequiv = \equiv
+\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
+\let\ptexexclam=\!
 \let\ptexi=\i
 \let\ptexlbrace=\{
 \let\ptexrbrace=\}
 \let\ptexstar=\*
 \let\ptext=\t
 
-% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
-% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
-% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
-% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
-% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
-{\catcode`@ = 11
- % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
- % if the definition is written into an index file.
- \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
- \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
-}
+% We never want plain's outer \+ definition in Texinfo.
+% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
+\let\+ = \relax
 
 
 \message{Basics,}
@@ -384,7 +401,7 @@
 
 % @@ prints an @
 % Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
-\def\@{{\tt \char '100}}
+\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
 
 % This is turned off because it was never documented
 % and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
@@ -394,8 +411,8 @@
 %\def\'{{'}}
 
 % Used to generate quoted braces.
-\def\mylbrace {{\tt \char '173}}
-\def\myrbrace {{\tt \char '175}}
+\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
+\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
 \let\{=\mylbrace
 \let\}=\myrbrace
 \begingroup
@@ -432,6 +449,18 @@
   \fi\fi
 }
 
+% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
+% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
+% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
+% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
+% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
+{\catcode`@ = 11
+ % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
+ % if the definition is written into an index file.
+ \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
+ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
+}
+
 % @: forces normal size whitespace following.
 \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
 
@@ -763,6 +792,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % Also ignore @macro ... @end macro.  The user must run texi2dvi,
 % which runs makeinfo to do macro expansion.  Ignore @unmacro, too.
 \def\macro{\doignore{macro}}
+\def\macrocsname{macro}
 \let\unmacro = \comment
 
 
@@ -777,7 +807,9 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \ignoresections
   %
   % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'.
-  \long\def\doignoretext##1\end #1{\enddoignore}%
+  % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in
+  % this texinfo.tex file).  We change the catcode of @ below to match.
+  \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}%
   %
   % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
   \catcode32 = 10
@@ -786,6 +818,22 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \catcode`\{ = 9
   \catcode`\} = 9
   %
+  % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence.
+  \catcode`\@ = 12
+  %
+  % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line
+  % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example)
+  %   @c @end ifinfo
+  % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored.
+  % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.)
+  % 
+  % But we can't do this if #1 is `macro', since that actually contains a c.
+  % Happily, none of the other conditionals have the letter `c' in their names!
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\macrocsname \else
+    \catcode`\c = 14
+  \fi
+  %
   % And now expand that command.
   \doignoretext
 }
@@ -1278,6 +1326,10 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 %
 \textfonts
 
+% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
+\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
+
 % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
 \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
 
@@ -1315,15 +1367,15 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \null
 }
 \let\ttfont=\t
-\def\samp #1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
+\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
 \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
 \font\smallsy=cmsy9
 \def\key#1{{\smallrm\textfont2=\smallsy \leavevmode\hbox{%
-  \raise0.4pt\hbox{$\langle$}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
+  \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
     \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
-     \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{$\langle$}}#1}}%
+     \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
     \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
-  \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{$\rangle$}}}}
+  \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
 % The old definition, with no lozenge:
 %\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
 \def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
@@ -1436,7 +1488,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 
 % rms does not like the angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
 % So now @email is just like @uref.
-%\def\email#1{$\langle${\tt #1}$\rangle$}
+%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
 \let\email=\uref
 
 % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font.  Since all the
@@ -1689,18 +1741,6 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
 
 
 \message{tables,}
-
-% @tabs -- simple alignment
-
-% These don't work.  For one thing, \+ is defined as outer.
-% So these macros cannot even be defined.
-
-%\def\tabs{\parsearg\tabszzz}
-%\def\tabszzz #1{\settabs\+#1\cr}
-%\def\tabline{\parsearg\tablinezzz}
-%\def\tablinezzz #1{\+#1\cr}
-%\def\&{&}
-
 % Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x).
 
 % default indentation of table text
@@ -2058,10 +2098,7 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
 % @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
 %                                                            to baseline.
 %   0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
-
-%%%%
-% Dimensions
-
+%
 \newskip\multitableparskip
 \newskip\multitableparindent
 \newdimen\multitablecolspace
@@ -2071,15 +2108,15 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
 \multitablecolspace=12pt
 \multitablelinespace=0pt
 
-%%%%
 % Macros used to set up halign preamble:
+% 
 \let\endsetuptable\relax
 \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
 \let\columnfractions\relax
 \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
 \newif\ifsetpercent
 
-%% 2/1/96, to allow fractions to be given with more than one digit.
+% 2/1/96, to allow fractions to be given with more than one digit.
 \def\pickupwholefraction#1 {\global\advance\colcount by1 %
 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#1\hsize}%
 \setuptable}
@@ -2105,80 +2142,84 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
 \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction\else\let\go\setuptable\fi%
 \fi\go}
 
-%%%%
 % multitable syntax
 \def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96
                            % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is
                            % maintained, even if it is never used.
 
-
-%%%%
 % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
 
 \def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable}
-
 \def\dotable#1{\bgroup
-\let\item\cr
-\tolerance=9500
-\hbadness=9500
-\setmultitablespacing
-\parskip=\multitableparskip
-\parindent=\multitableparindent
-\overfullrule=0pt
-\global\colcount=0\relax%
-\def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\global\everycr{}\cr\egroup\egroup}%
- % To parse everything between @multitable and @item :
-\setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
- % Need to reset this to 0 after \setuptable.
-\global\colcount=0\relax%
- %
- % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
- % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
- % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
- % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
-\halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax%
-\multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
- % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
- % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
- % the first one.
- %  If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
- % to the width of each template entry.
- %  If user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
- % we will use that dimension as the width of the column, and
- % the \leftskip will keep entries from bumping into each other.
- % Table will start at left margin and final column will justify at
- % right margin.
-\ifnum\colcount=1
-\else
-  \ifsetpercent
+  \vskip\parskip
+  \let\item\crcr
+  \tolerance=9500
+  \hbadness=9500
+  \setmultitablespacing
+  \parskip=\multitableparskip
+  \parindent=\multitableparindent
+  \overfullrule=0pt
+  \global\colcount=0
+  \def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\cr\egroup\egroup}%
+  %
+  % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
+  \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
+  %
+  % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
+  % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one.
+  % The table preamble
+  % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
+  \everycr{\noalign{%
+  %
+  % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
+  % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table
+  % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better?  Wait until the problem
+  % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+    \global\colcount=0\relax}}%
+  %
+  % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
+  % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
+  % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
+  % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
+  \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax
+    \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+  %
+  % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
+  % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
+  % the first one.
+  % 
+  % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
+  % to the width of each template entry.
+  % 
+  % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
+  % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
+  % will keep entries from bumping into each other.  Table will start at
+  % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
+  % 
+  % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
+  \rightskip=0pt
+  \ifnum\colcount=1
+    % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
+    \advance\hsize by\leftskip
   \else
-   % If user has <not> set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
-   % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace
-  \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
+    \ifsetpercent \else
+      % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+      % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
+      \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
+    \fi
+   % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
+  \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
   \fi
- % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
-\leftskip=\multitablecolspace
-\fi
- % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
- % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
- % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
- % For example:
- % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
- % @item @code{#}
- % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
- % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking
- % characters.
- \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
- % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
- % each line. Every column  entry will cause \colcount to advance by one.
- % The table preamble
- % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
-\global\everycr{\noalign{%
-% \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
-% Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table
-% breaks over pages Wouldn't \vfil be better?  Wait until the problem
-% manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
-\global\colcount=0\relax}}
+  % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
+  % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
+  % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
+  % For example:
+  % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
+  % @item @code{#}
+  % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
+  % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking
+  % characters.
+  \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
 }
 
 \def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
@@ -2246,20 +2287,24 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 
 % @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
 % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-\def\synindex #1 #2 {%
-\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define \xxxindex
-\noexpand\doindex {#2}}%
+% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+  \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
+    \noexpand\doindex{#2}}%
 }
 
 % @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
 % inside @code.
-\def\syncodeindex #1 #2 {%
-\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define \xxxindex
-\noexpand\docodeindex {#2}}%
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+  \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
+    \noexpand\docodeindex{#2}}%
 }
 
 % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
@@ -2525,6 +2570,11 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \indexbreaks
   %
   % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
+  % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
+  % \initial {@}
+  % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
+  % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
+  \catcode`\@ = 11
   \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
   \ifeof 1
     % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
@@ -2546,7 +2596,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
       % to make right now.
       \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}%
       \catcode`\\ = 0
-      \catcode`\@ = 11
       \escapechar = `\\
       \begindoublecolumns
       \input \jobname.#1s
@@ -3442,11 +3491,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here.  (We
 % can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist
 % of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.)
-%
-% \turnoffactive is for the sake of @" used for umlauts.
 \def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup
   \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks
-  \entry{\turnoffactive #1}{\turnoffactive #2}%
+  % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments.  Since the toc is
+  % typeset in cmr, so characters such as _ would come out wrong; we
+  % have to do the usual translation tricks.
+  \entry{#1}{#2}%
 \endgroup}
 
 % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
@@ -3512,30 +3562,36 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
 
 \def\tex{\begingroup
-\catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
-\catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
-\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie
-\catcode `\%=14
-\catcode 43=12 % plus
-\catcode`\"=12
-\catcode`\==12
-\catcode`\|=12
-\catcode`\<=12
-\catcode`\>=12
-\escapechar=`\\
-%
-\let\,=\ptexcomma
-\let\{=\ptexlbrace
-\let\}=\ptexrbrace
-\let\.=\ptexdot
-\let\*=\ptexstar
-\let\dots=\ptexdots
-\def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
-\def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
-\def\@{@}%
-\let\bullet=\ptexbullet
-\let\b=\ptexb \let\c=\ptexc \let\i=\ptexi \let\t=\ptext
-%
+  \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
+  \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
+  \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie
+  \catcode `\%=14
+  \catcode 43=12 % plus
+  \catcode`\"=12
+  \catcode`\==12
+  \catcode`\|=12
+  \catcode`\<=12
+  \catcode`\>=12
+  \escapechar=`\\
+  %
+  \let\b=\ptexb
+  \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
+  \let\c=\ptexc
+  \let\,=\ptexcomma
+  \let\.=\ptexdot
+  \let\dots=\ptexdots
+  \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
+  \let\!=\ptexexclam
+  \let\i=\ptexi
+  \let\{=\ptexlbrace
+  \let\+=\tabalign
+  \let\}=\ptexrbrace
+  \let\*=\ptexstar
+  \let\t=\ptext
+  %
+  \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
+  \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
+  \def\@{@}%
 \let\Etex=\endgroup}
 
 % Define @lisp ... @endlisp.
@@ -3580,8 +3636,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % \nonarrowing is a flag.  If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
 \let\nonarrowing=\relax
 
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around argument
+% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
+% environment contents.
 \font\circle=lcircle10
 \newdimen\circthick
 \newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
@@ -3608,9 +3664,9 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
         \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
                           \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
         \cartouter=\hsize
-        \advance\cartouter by 18pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
+        \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
 %                                    side, and for 6pt waste from
-%                                    each corner char
+%                                    each corner char, and rule thickness
         \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
         % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
         \let\nonarrowing=\comment
@@ -4246,18 +4302,17 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 
 
 \message{cross reference,}
-% Define cross-reference macros
-\newwrite \auxfile
+\newwrite\auxfile
 
-\newif\ifhavexrefs  % True if xref values are known.
+\newif\ifhavexrefs    % True if xref values are known.
 \newif\ifwarnedxrefs  % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
 
-% @inforef is simple.
+% @inforef is relatively simple.
 \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
 \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
   node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
 
-% \setref{foo} defines a cross-reference point named foo.
+% @setref{foo} defines a cross-reference point named foo.
 
 \def\setref#1{%
 \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
@@ -4325,7 +4380,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
     % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
     % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
     % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
-    {\turnoffactive \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+    {\normalturnoffactive \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
     \space [\printednodename],\space
     \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
   \fi
@@ -4333,11 +4388,15 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 
 % \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros
 
-% Use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
-% work in node names.
-\def\dosetq #1#2{{\let\folio=0 \turnoffactive
-\edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq {#1}{#2}}}%
-\next}}
+% Use \normalturnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
+% and backslash work in node names.  (\turnoffactive doesn't do \.)
+\def\dosetq#1#2{%
+  {\let\folio=0
+   \normalturnoffactive
+   \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}%
+   \next
+  }%
+}
 
 % \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into
 % CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...}
@@ -4388,7 +4447,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \def\refx#1#2{%
   \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax
     % If not defined, say something at least.
-    $\langle$un\-de\-fined$\rangle$%
+    \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
     \ifhavexrefs
       \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
     \else
@@ -4405,10 +4464,13 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 }
 
 % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
-\def\xrdef #1#2{{%
-  \catcode`\'=\other
-  \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname{#2}%
-}}
+% 
+\def\xrdef#1{\begingroup
+  % Reenable \ as an escape while reading the second argument.
+  \catcode`\\ = 0
+  \afterassignment\endgroup
+  \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname
+}
 
 % Read the last existing aux file, if any.  No error if none exists.
 \def\readauxfile{\begingroup
@@ -4465,8 +4527,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \catcode`\$=\other
   \catcode`\#=\other
   \catcode`\&=\other
-  % `\+ does not work, so use 43.
-  \catcode43=\other
+  \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
   % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters
   {%
     \count 1=128
@@ -4837,10 +4898,10 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
 
 \catcode`\"=\active
-\def\activedoublequote{{\tt \char '042}}
+\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
 \let"=\activedoublequote
 \catcode`\~=\active
-\def~{{\tt \char '176}}
+\def~{{\tt\char126}}
 \chardef\hat=`\^
 \catcode`\^=\active
 \def^{{\tt \hat}}
@@ -4851,7 +4912,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}}
 
 \catcode`\|=\active
-\def|{{\tt \char '174}}
+\def|{{\tt\char124}}
 \chardef \less=`\<
 \catcode`\<=\active
 \def<{{\tt \less}}
@@ -4938,8 +4999,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 @gdef@fixbackslash{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
   @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active}
 
-%% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.  The @rm below
-%% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.  The @rm below
+% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10
 @catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other
 
 @textfonts

doc/textutils.texi

@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ The GNU text utilities are mostly compatible with the @sc{POSIX.2} standard.
 @c This paragraph appears in all of fileutils.texi, textutils.texi, and
 @c sh-utils.texi too -- so be sure to keep them consistent.
 @cindex bugs, reporting
-Please report bugs to @samp{textutils-bugs@@gnu.ai.mit.edu}.  Remember
+Please report bugs to @email{textutils-bugs@@gnu.org}.  Remember
 to include the version number, machine architecture, input files, and
 any other information needed to reproduce the bug: your input, what you
 expected, what you got, and why it is wrong.  Diffs are welcome, but
@@ -2696,6 +2696,24 @@ Convert each sequence of repeated newlines to a single newline:
 tr -s '\n'
 @end example
 
+@item
+Find doubled occurrences of words in a document.
+For example, people often write ``the the'' with the duplicated words
+separated by a newline.  The bourne shell script below works first
+by converting each sequence of punctuation and blank characters to a
+single newline.  That puts each ``word'' on a line by itself.
+Next it maps all uppercase characters to lower case, and finally it
+runs @code{uniq} with the @samp{-d} option to print out only the words
+that were adjacent duplicates.
+
+@example
+#!/bin/sh
+cat "$@@" \
+  | tr -s '[:punct:][:blank:]' '\n' \
+  | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]' \
+  | uniq -d
+@end example
+
 @end itemize
 
 

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -4,24 +4,24 @@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ../src/ansi2knr
 
 noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a
 
-EXTRA_DIST = chown.c getgroups.c getline.c lstat.c malloc.c mktime.c \
-  realloc.c stat.c strftime.c
-
 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
 
 libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.y getopt.c getopt1.c \
-addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
+addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
+closeout.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
 full-write.c human.c idcache.c \
 isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c hash.c path-concat.c \
-safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
+quotearg.c safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
 xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
 
 libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
 libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 
-noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h error.h exclude.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
-getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h long-options.h \
+noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h closeout.h \
+error.h exclude.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
+getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h lchown.h long-options.h \
 makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h hash.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
-save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+quotearg.h regex.h safe-read.h save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h \
+xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
 
 BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c

lib/Makefile.in

@@ -1,10 +1,9 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.2d from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3 from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
 # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
@@ -32,6 +31,8 @@ mandir = @mandir@
 includedir = @includedir@
 oldincludedir = /usr/include
 
+DISTDIR =
+
 pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
@@ -66,12 +67,12 @@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
 GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
 GT_NO = @GT_NO@
 GT_YES = @GT_YES@
+INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
 INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
 INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
 INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
 INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
 LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
-MAINT = @MAINT@
 MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
 MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
 MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
@@ -92,25 +93,25 @@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ../src/ansi2knr
 
 noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a
 
-EXTRA_DIST = chown.c getgroups.c getline.c lstat.c malloc.c mktime.c \
-  realloc.c stat.c strftime.c
-
 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
 
 libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.y getopt.c getopt1.c \
-addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
+addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
+closeout.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
 full-write.c human.c idcache.c \
 isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c hash.c path-concat.c \
-safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
+quotearg.c safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
 xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
 
 libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
 libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 
-noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h error.h exclude.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
-getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h long-options.h \
+noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h closeout.h \
+error.h exclude.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
+getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h lchown.h long-options.h \
 makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h hash.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
-save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+quotearg.h regex.h safe-read.h save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h \
+xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
 
 BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c
 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -125,11 +126,12 @@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
 LIBS = @LIBS@
 ANSI2KNR = ../src/ansi2knr
 libfu_a_OBJECTS =  getdate$U.o posixtm$U.o getopt$U.o getopt1$U.o \
-addext$U.o argmatch$U.o backupfile$U.o basename$U.o dirname$U.o \
-exclude$U.o filemode$U.o full-write$U.o human$U.o idcache$U.o isdir$U.o \
-long-options$U.o makepath$U.o modechange$U.o hash$U.o path-concat$U.o \
-safe-read$U.o save-cwd$U.o savedir$U.o stripslash$U.o userspec$U.o \
-xgetcwd$U.o xmalloc$U.o xstrdup$U.o xstrtol$U.o xstrtoul$U.o yesno$U.o
+addext$U.o argmatch$U.o backupfile$U.o basename$U.o closeout$U.o \
+dirname$U.o exclude$U.o filemode$U.o full-write$U.o human$U.o \
+idcache$U.o isdir$U.o long-options$U.o makepath$U.o modechange$U.o \
+hash$U.o path-concat$U.o quotearg$U.o safe-read$U.o save-cwd$U.o \
+savedir$U.o stripslash$U.o userspec$U.o xgetcwd$U.o xmalloc$U.o \
+xstrdup$U.o xstrtol$U.o xstrtoul$U.o yesno$U.o
 AR = ar
 YLWRAP = $(srcdir)/ylwrap
 CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
@@ -137,13 +139,13 @@ COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
 LINK = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
 HEADERS =  $(noinst_HEADERS)
 
-DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c chown.c error.c error.h \
-euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c getdate.c \
-getgroups.c getline.c group-member.c lstat.c malloc.c memcmp.c memcpy.c \
-memset.c mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c obstack.c obstack.h posixtm.c \
-realloc.c regex.c regex.h rename.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c rx.c rx.h stat.c \
-stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c strftime.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c \
-strtoul.c strverscmp.c ylwrap
+DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in TODO alloca.c chown.c error.c \
+error.h euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c \
+getdate.c getgroups.c getline.c group-member.c lchown.c lstat.c \
+malloc.c memcmp.c memcpy.c memset.c mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c \
+obstack.c obstack.h posixtm.c realloc.c regex.c rename.c rmdir.c \
+rpmatch.c stat.c stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c strftime.c strndup.c \
+strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c strverscmp.c utime.c ylwrap
 
 
 DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
@@ -151,34 +153,35 @@ DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
 TAR = tar
 GZIP = --best
 DEP_FILES =  .deps/addext.P .deps/alloca.P .deps/argmatch.P \
-.deps/backupfile.P .deps/basename.P .deps/chown.P .deps/dirname.P \
-.deps/error.P .deps/euidaccess.P .deps/exclude.P .deps/fileblocks.P \
-.deps/filemode.P .deps/fnmatch.P .deps/fsusage.P .deps/ftruncate.P \
-.deps/full-write.P .deps/getdate.P .deps/getgroups.P .deps/getline.P \
-.deps/getopt.P .deps/getopt1.P .deps/group-member.P .deps/hash.P \
-.deps/human.P .deps/idcache.P .deps/isdir.P .deps/long-options.P \
-.deps/lstat.P .deps/makepath.P .deps/malloc.P .deps/memcmp.P \
-.deps/memcpy.P .deps/memset.P .deps/mkdir.P .deps/mktime.P \
-.deps/modechange.P .deps/mountlist.P .deps/obstack.P \
-.deps/path-concat.P .deps/posixtm.P .deps/realloc.P .deps/regex.P \
-.deps/rename.P .deps/rmdir.P .deps/rpmatch.P .deps/rx.P \
-.deps/safe-read.P .deps/save-cwd.P .deps/savedir.P .deps/stat.P \
-.deps/stpcpy.P .deps/strcasecmp.P .deps/strdup.P .deps/strftime.P \
-.deps/stripslash.P .deps/strndup.P .deps/strstr.P .deps/strtol.P \
-.deps/strtoul.P .deps/strverscmp.P .deps/userspec.P .deps/xgetcwd.P \
+.deps/backupfile.P .deps/basename.P .deps/chown.P .deps/closeout.P \
+.deps/dirname.P .deps/error.P .deps/euidaccess.P .deps/exclude.P \
+.deps/fileblocks.P .deps/filemode.P .deps/fnmatch.P .deps/fsusage.P \
+.deps/ftruncate.P .deps/full-write.P .deps/getdate .deps/getdate.P \
+.deps/getgroups.P .deps/getline.P .deps/getopt.P .deps/getopt1.P \
+.deps/group-member.P .deps/hash.P .deps/human.P .deps/idcache.P \
+.deps/isdir.P .deps/lchown.P .deps/long-options.P .deps/lstat.P \
+.deps/makepath.P .deps/malloc.P .deps/memcmp.P .deps/memcpy.P \
+.deps/memset.P .deps/mkdir.P .deps/mktime.P .deps/modechange.P \
+.deps/mountlist.P .deps/obstack.P .deps/path-concat.P .deps/posixtm \
+.deps/posixtm.P .deps/quotearg.P .deps/realloc.P .deps/regex.P \
+.deps/rename.P .deps/rmdir.P .deps/rpmatch.P .deps/safe-read.P \
+.deps/save-cwd.P .deps/savedir.P .deps/stat.P .deps/stpcpy.P \
+.deps/strcasecmp.P .deps/strdup.P .deps/strftime.P .deps/stripslash.P \
+.deps/strndup.P .deps/strstr.P .deps/strtol.P .deps/strtoul.P \
+.deps/strverscmp.P .deps/userspec.P .deps/utime.P .deps/xgetcwd.P \
 .deps/xmalloc.P .deps/xstrdup.P .deps/xstrtol.P .deps/xstrtoul.P \
 .deps/yesno.P
 SOURCES = $(libfu_a_SOURCES)
 OBJECTS = $(libfu_a_OBJECTS)
 
-default: all
+all: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS)
 
 .SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .S .c .h .o .s .y
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
+.SUFFIXES: .S .c .o .s .y
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
 	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits lib/Makefile
 
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 	cd $(top_builddir) \
 	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
 
@@ -192,9 +195,6 @@ distclean-noinstLIBRARIES:
 
 maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
 
-.c.o:
-	$(COMPILE) -c $<
-
 .s.o:
 	$(COMPILE) -c $<
 
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
 	$(COMPILE) -c $<
 
 mostlyclean-compile:
-	-rm -f *.o core
+	-rm -f *.o core *.core
 
 clean-compile:
 
@@ -213,6 +213,9 @@ maintainer-clean-compile:
 ../src/ansi2knr: ../src/ansi2knr.o
 	cd ../src && $(MAKE) ansi2knr
 
+../src/ansi2knr.o:
+	cd ../src && $(MAKE) ansi2knr.o
+
 
 mostlyclean-kr:
 	-rm -f *_.c
@@ -229,76 +232,161 @@ libfu.a: $(libfu_a_OBJECTS) $(libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES)
 	$(RANLIB) libfu.a
 .y.c:
 	$(SHELL) $(YLWRAP) "$(YACC)" $< y.tab.c $*.c y.tab.h $*.h -- $(YFLAGS)
-.y.h:
-	$(SHELL) $(YLWRAP) "$(YACC)" $< y.tab.c $*.c y.tab.h $*.h -- $(YFLAGS)
+posixtm.h: posixtm.c
+getdate.h: getdate.c
+
 addext_.c: addext.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/addext.c; then echo $(srcdir)/addext.c; else echo addext.c; fi` addext_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/addext.c; then echo $(srcdir)/addext.c; else echo addext.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > addext_.c
+alloca_.c: alloca.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/alloca.c; then echo $(srcdir)/alloca.c; else echo alloca.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > alloca_.c
 argmatch_.c: argmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; else echo argmatch.c; fi` argmatch_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; else echo argmatch.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > argmatch_.c
 backupfile_.c: backupfile.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; then echo $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; else echo backupfile.c; fi` backupfile_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; then echo $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; else echo backupfile.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > backupfile_.c
 basename_.c: basename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/basename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/basename.c; else echo basename.c; fi` basename_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/basename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/basename.c; else echo basename.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > basename_.c
+chown_.c: chown.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/chown.c; then echo $(srcdir)/chown.c; else echo chown.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > chown_.c
+closeout_.c: closeout.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/closeout.c; then echo $(srcdir)/closeout.c; else echo closeout.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > closeout_.c
 dirname_.c: dirname.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/dirname.c; then echo $(srcdir)/dirname.c; else echo dirname.c; fi` dirname_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/dirname.c; then echo $(srcdir)/dirname.c; else echo dirname.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > dirname_.c
+error_.c: error.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/error.c; then echo $(srcdir)/error.c; else echo error.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > error_.c
+euidaccess_.c: euidaccess.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; then echo $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; else echo euidaccess.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > euidaccess_.c
 exclude_.c: exclude.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/exclude.c; then echo $(srcdir)/exclude.c; else echo exclude.c; fi` exclude_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/exclude.c; then echo $(srcdir)/exclude.c; else echo exclude.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > exclude_.c
+fileblocks_.c: fileblocks.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; else echo fileblocks.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > fileblocks_.c
 filemode_.c: filemode.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/filemode.c; then echo $(srcdir)/filemode.c; else echo filemode.c; fi` filemode_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/filemode.c; then echo $(srcdir)/filemode.c; else echo filemode.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > filemode_.c
+fnmatch_.c: fnmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; else echo fnmatch.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > fnmatch_.c
+fsusage_.c: fsusage.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; else echo fsusage.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > fsusage_.c
+ftruncate_.c: ftruncate.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; else echo ftruncate.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > ftruncate_.c
 full-write_.c: full-write.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/full-write.c; then echo $(srcdir)/full-write.c; else echo full-write.c; fi` full-write_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/full-write.c; then echo $(srcdir)/full-write.c; else echo full-write.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > full-write_.c
 getdate_.c: getdate.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getdate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getdate.c; else echo getdate.c; fi` getdate_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getdate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getdate.c; else echo getdate.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > getdate_.c
+getgroups_.c: getgroups.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; else echo getgroups.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > getgroups_.c
+getline_.c: getline.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getline.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getline.c; else echo getline.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > getline_.c
 getopt_.c: getopt.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt.c; else echo getopt.c; fi` getopt_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt.c; else echo getopt.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt_.c
 getopt1_.c: getopt1.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; else echo getopt1.c; fi` getopt1_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; else echo getopt1.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt1_.c
+group-member_.c: group-member.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/group-member.c; then echo $(srcdir)/group-member.c; else echo group-member.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > group-member_.c
 hash_.c: hash.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/hash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/hash.c; else echo hash.c; fi` hash_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/hash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/hash.c; else echo hash.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > hash_.c
 human_.c: human.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/human.c; then echo $(srcdir)/human.c; else echo human.c; fi` human_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/human.c; then echo $(srcdir)/human.c; else echo human.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > human_.c
 idcache_.c: idcache.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/idcache.c; then echo $(srcdir)/idcache.c; else echo idcache.c; fi` idcache_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/idcache.c; then echo $(srcdir)/idcache.c; else echo idcache.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > idcache_.c
 isdir_.c: isdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/isdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/isdir.c; else echo isdir.c; fi` isdir_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/isdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/isdir.c; else echo isdir.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > isdir_.c
+lchown_.c: lchown.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lchown.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lchown.c; else echo lchown.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > lchown_.c
 long-options_.c: long-options.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/long-options.c; then echo $(srcdir)/long-options.c; else echo long-options.c; fi` long-options_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/long-options.c; then echo $(srcdir)/long-options.c; else echo long-options.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > long-options_.c
+lstat_.c: lstat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lstat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lstat.c; else echo lstat.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > lstat_.c
 makepath_.c: makepath.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/makepath.c; then echo $(srcdir)/makepath.c; else echo makepath.c; fi` makepath_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/makepath.c; then echo $(srcdir)/makepath.c; else echo makepath.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > makepath_.c
+malloc_.c: malloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/malloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/malloc.c; else echo malloc.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > malloc_.c
+memcmp_.c: memcmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; else echo memcmp.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > memcmp_.c
+memcpy_.c: memcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; else echo memcpy.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > memcpy_.c
+memset_.c: memset.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memset.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memset.c; else echo memset.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > memset_.c
+mkdir_.c: mkdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; else echo mkdir.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > mkdir_.c
+mktime_.c: mktime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mktime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mktime.c; else echo mktime.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > mktime_.c
 modechange_.c: modechange.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/modechange.c; then echo $(srcdir)/modechange.c; else echo modechange.c; fi` modechange_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/modechange.c; then echo $(srcdir)/modechange.c; else echo modechange.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > modechange_.c
+mountlist_.c: mountlist.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; else echo mountlist.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > mountlist_.c
+obstack_.c: obstack.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/obstack.c; then echo $(srcdir)/obstack.c; else echo obstack.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > obstack_.c
 path-concat_.c: path-concat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; else echo path-concat.c; fi` path-concat_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; else echo path-concat.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > path-concat_.c
 posixtm_.c: posixtm.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; then echo $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; else echo posixtm.c; fi` posixtm_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; then echo $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; else echo posixtm.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > posixtm_.c
+quotearg_.c: quotearg.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; then echo $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; else echo quotearg.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > quotearg_.c
+realloc_.c: realloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/realloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/realloc.c; else echo realloc.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > realloc_.c
+regex_.c: regex.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/regex.c; then echo $(srcdir)/regex.c; else echo regex.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > regex_.c
+rename_.c: rename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rename.c; else echo rename.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > rename_.c
+rmdir_.c: rmdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; else echo rmdir.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > rmdir_.c
+rpmatch_.c: rpmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; else echo rpmatch.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > rpmatch_.c
 safe-read_.c: safe-read.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; then echo $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; else echo safe-read.c; fi` safe-read_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; then echo $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; else echo safe-read.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > safe-read_.c
 save-cwd_.c: save-cwd.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; else echo save-cwd.c; fi` save-cwd_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; else echo save-cwd.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > save-cwd_.c
 savedir_.c: savedir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/savedir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/savedir.c; else echo savedir.c; fi` savedir_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/savedir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/savedir.c; else echo savedir.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > savedir_.c
+stat_.c: stat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stat.c; else echo stat.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > stat_.c
+stpcpy_.c: stpcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; else echo stpcpy.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > stpcpy_.c
+strcasecmp_.c: strcasecmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; else echo strcasecmp.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strcasecmp_.c
+strdup_.c: strdup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strdup.c; else echo strdup.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strdup_.c
+strftime_.c: strftime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strftime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strftime.c; else echo strftime.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strftime_.c
 stripslash_.c: stripslash.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; else echo stripslash.c; fi` stripslash_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; else echo stripslash.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > stripslash_.c
+strndup_.c: strndup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strndup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strndup.c; else echo strndup.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strndup_.c
+strstr_.c: strstr.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strstr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strstr.c; else echo strstr.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strstr_.c
+strtol_.c: strtol.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtol.c; else echo strtol.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtol_.c
+strtoul_.c: strtoul.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; else echo strtoul.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtoul_.c
+strverscmp_.c: strverscmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; else echo strverscmp.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strverscmp_.c
 userspec_.c: userspec.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/userspec.c; then echo $(srcdir)/userspec.c; else echo userspec.c; fi` userspec_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/userspec.c; then echo $(srcdir)/userspec.c; else echo userspec.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > userspec_.c
+utime_.c: utime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/utime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/utime.c; else echo utime.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > utime_.c
 xgetcwd_.c: xgetcwd.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; else echo xgetcwd.c; fi` xgetcwd_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; else echo xgetcwd.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > xgetcwd_.c
 xmalloc_.c: xmalloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; else echo xmalloc.c; fi` xmalloc_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; else echo xmalloc.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > xmalloc_.c
 xstrdup_.c: xstrdup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; else echo xstrdup.c; fi` xstrdup_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; else echo xstrdup.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrdup_.c
 xstrtol_.c: xstrtol.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; else echo xstrtol.c; fi` xstrtol_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; else echo xstrtol.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtol_.c
 xstrtoul_.c: xstrtoul.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; else echo xstrtoul.c; fi` xstrtoul_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; else echo xstrtoul.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtoul_.c
 yesno_.c: yesno.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/yesno.c; then echo $(srcdir)/yesno.c; else echo yesno.c; fi` yesno_.c
-addext_.o argmatch_.o backupfile_.o basename_.o dirname_.o exclude_.o \
-filemode_.o full-write_.o getdate_.o getopt_.o getopt1_.o hash_.o \
-human_.o idcache_.o isdir_.o long-options_.o makepath_.o modechange_.o \
-path-concat_.o posixtm_.o safe-read_.o save-cwd_.o savedir_.o \
-stripslash_.o userspec_.o xgetcwd_.o xmalloc_.o xstrdup_.o xstrtol_.o \
-xstrtoul_.o yesno_.o : $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/yesno.c; then echo $(srcdir)/yesno.c; else echo yesno.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > yesno_.c
+addext_.o alloca_.o argmatch_.o backupfile_.o basename_.o chown_.o \
+closeout_.o dirname_.o error_.o euidaccess_.o exclude_.o fileblocks_.o \
+filemode_.o fnmatch_.o fsusage_.o ftruncate_.o full-write_.o getdate_.o \
+getgroups_.o getline_.o getopt_.o getopt1_.o group-member_.o hash_.o \
+human_.o idcache_.o isdir_.o lchown_.o long-options_.o lstat_.o \
+makepath_.o malloc_.o memcmp_.o memcpy_.o memset_.o mkdir_.o mktime_.o \
+modechange_.o mountlist_.o obstack_.o path-concat_.o posixtm_.o \
+quotearg_.o realloc_.o regex_.o rename_.o rmdir_.o rpmatch_.o \
+safe-read_.o save-cwd_.o savedir_.o stat_.o stpcpy_.o strcasecmp_.o \
+strdup_.o strftime_.o stripslash_.o strndup_.o strstr_.o strtol_.o \
+strtoul_.o strverscmp_.o userspec_.o utime_.o xgetcwd_.o xmalloc_.o \
+xstrdup_.o xstrtol_.o xstrtoul_.o yesno_.o : $(ANSI2KNR)
 
 tags: TAGS
 
@@ -309,8 +397,12 @@ ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP)
 TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(LISP)
 	tags=; \
 	here=`pwd`; \
-	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$(SOURCES)$(HEADERS)$(LISP)$$tags" \
-	  || (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags  $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) -o $$here/TAGS)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \
+	  awk '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \
+	  || (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags  $$unique $(LISP) -o $$here/TAGS)
 
 mostlyclean-tags:
 
@@ -338,14 +430,9 @@ distdir: $(DISTFILES)
 	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
 	done
 
-MKDEP = $(CC) -M $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-
 DEPS_MAGIC := $(shell mkdir .deps > /dev/null 2>&1 || :)
 
 -include $(DEP_FILES)
--include .deps/.P
-.deps/.P: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-	echo > $@
 
 mostlyclean-depend:
 
@@ -356,13 +443,16 @@ distclean-depend:
 maintainer-clean-depend:
 	-rm -rf .deps
 
-.deps/%.P: %.c
-	@echo "Computing dependencies for $<..."
-	@o='o'; \
-	test -n "$o" && o='$$o'; \
-	$(MKDEP) $< >$@.tmp \
-	  && sed "s,^\(.*\)\.o:,\1.$$o \1.l$$o $@:," < $@.tmp > $@ \
-	  && rm -f $@.tmp
+%.o: %.c
+	@echo '$(COMPILE) -c $<'; \
+	$(COMPILE) -Wp,-MD,.deps/$(*F).P -c $<
+
+%.lo: %.c
+	@echo '$(LTCOMPILE) -c $<'; \
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -Wp,-MD,.deps/$(*F).p -c $<
+	@-sed -e 's/^\([^:]*\)\.o:/\1.lo \1.o:/' \
+	  < .deps/$(*F).p > .deps/$(*F).P
+	@-rm -f .deps/$(*F).p
 info:
 dvi:
 check: all
@@ -379,8 +469,6 @@ install: install-exec install-data all
 
 uninstall: 
 
-all: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS)
-
 install-strip:
 	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
 installdirs:
@@ -418,7 +506,7 @@ maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 
-.PHONY: default mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-noinstLIBRARIES \
+.PHONY: mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 clean-noinstLIBRARIES maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 mostlyclean-compile distclean-compile clean-compile \
 maintainer-clean-compile mostlyclean-kr distclean-kr clean-kr \

lib/TODO

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+Things to do to hash.c:
+
+Always use curly braces around statements in if/else/while/do/etc.
+that span more than a line -- even around multiline simple statements
+or single-line simple statements preceded by a comment line.
+
+Never have lines longer than 80 chars.
+
+Remove ^L characters.  We don't want/need such crutches.
+Get a good (smart) pagination filter.  I have one (a perl script)
+that usually does a decent job for me -- I called it something
+like stdc-print and think I sent you an early verison.
+
+I don't like the name `cursor'.  I much prefer short names
+like `p' for index variables.  I doubt I'll change all of them,
+but thought you should know why some will probably end up changing.
+
+#define USE_OBSTACK somewhere
+
+Fix this comment.  Depending on system and application...
+Mention fragmentation.
+  +#if USE_OBSTACK
+  +    /* Whenever obstacks are used, it is possible to allocate all overflowed
+  +       entries into a single stack, so they all can be freed in a single
+  +       operation.  It is not clear if the speedup is worth the trouble.  */
+  +    struct obstack entry_stack;
+  +#endif
+
+
+assert (bucket_limit - bucket == n_buckets) ?
+
+remove.c: s/done/successful or ok

lib/alloca.c

@@ -22,11 +22,11 @@
    your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef emacs
-#include "blockinput.h"
+# include "blockinput.h"
 #endif
 
 /* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
@@ -34,39 +34,41 @@
 
 /* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
    there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
-#ifndef alloca
+# ifndef alloca
 
-#ifdef emacs
-#ifdef static
+#  ifdef emacs
+#   ifdef static
 /* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
    -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
    in order to make unexec workable
    */
-#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#    ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
 you
 lose
 -- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
-#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
-#endif /* static */
-#endif /* emacs */
+#    endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+#   endif /* static */
+#  endif /* emacs */
 
 /* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
    provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
 
-#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
 long i00afunc ();
-#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
-#else
-#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
-#endif
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
+#  else
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
+#  endif
 
-#if __STDC__
+#  if __STDC__
 typedef void *pointer;
-#else
+#  else
 typedef char *pointer;
-#endif
+#  endif
 
-#define	NULL	0
+#  ifndef NULL
+#   define NULL 0
+#  endif
 
 /* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
    malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
@@ -78,9 +80,9 @@ typedef char *pointer;
 
    Callers below should use malloc.  */
 
-#ifndef emacs
-#define malloc xmalloc
-#endif
+#  ifndef emacs
+#   define malloc xmalloc
+#  endif
 extern pointer malloc ();
 
 /* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
@@ -91,18 +93,18 @@ extern pointer malloc ();
    STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
    STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
 
-#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-#define	STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
-#endif
+#  ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#   define STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
+#  endif
 
-#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
 
-#define	STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
+#   define STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
 
-#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
+#  else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
 
 static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
-#define	STACK_DIR	stack_dir
+#   define STACK_DIR	stack_dir
 
 static void
 find_stack_direction ()
@@ -126,7 +128,7 @@ find_stack_direction ()
     }
 }
 
-#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+#  endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
 
 /* An "alloca header" is used to:
    (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
@@ -135,9 +137,9 @@ find_stack_direction ()
    It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
    alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
 
-#ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
-#define	ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
-#endif
+#  ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
+#   define ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
+#  endif
 
 typedef union hdr
 {
@@ -165,20 +167,20 @@ alloca (size)
   auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
   register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
 
-#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
   if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
     find_stack_direction ();
-#endif
+#  endif
 
   /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
-     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
+     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently.  */
 
   {
     register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
 
-#ifdef emacs
+#  ifdef emacs
     BLOCK_INPUT;
-#endif
+#  endif
 
     for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
       if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
@@ -195,9 +197,9 @@ alloca (size)
 
     last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
 
-#ifdef emacs
+#  ifdef emacs
     UNBLOCK_INPUT;
-#endif
+#  endif
   }
 
   if (size == 0)
@@ -220,15 +222,15 @@ alloca (size)
   }
 }
 
-#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
 
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
+#   ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    include <stdio.h>
+#   endif
 
-#ifndef CRAY_STACK
-#define CRAY_STACK
-#ifndef CRAY2
+#   ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#    define CRAY_STACK
+#    ifndef CRAY2
 /* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
 struct stack_control_header
   {
@@ -280,7 +282,7 @@ struct stack_segment_linkage
     long sss7;
   };
 
-#else /* CRAY2 */
+#    else /* CRAY2 */
 /* The following structure defines the vector of words
    returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
 struct stk_stat
@@ -333,12 +335,12 @@ struct stk_trailer
     long unknown14;
   };
 
-#endif /* CRAY2 */
-#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+#    endif /* CRAY2 */
+#   endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
 
-#ifdef CRAY2
+#   ifdef CRAY2
 /* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
-   I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
+   I doubt that "lint" will like this much.  */
 
 static long
 i00afunc (long *address)
@@ -407,7 +409,7 @@ i00afunc (long *address)
   return (result);
 }
 
-#else /* not CRAY2 */
+#   else /* not CRAY2 */
 /* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
    Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
    given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
@@ -452,9 +454,9 @@ i00afunc (long address)
 
   while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
     {
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
       fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
-#endif
+#    endif
       if (pseg == 0)
 	break;
       stkl = stkl - pseg;
@@ -473,9 +475,9 @@ i00afunc (long address)
 
   while (pseg != 0)
     {
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
       fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
-#endif
+#    endif
       stkl = stkl - pseg;
       ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
       size = ssptr->sssize;
@@ -485,8 +487,8 @@ i00afunc (long address)
   return (result);
 }
 
-#endif /* not CRAY2 */
-#endif /* CRAY */
+#   endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#  endif /* CRAY */
 
-#endif /* no alloca */
+# endif /* no alloca */
 #endif /* not GCC version 2 */

lib/argmatch.c

@@ -39,9 +39,7 @@
    or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).  */
 
 int
-argmatch (arg, optlist)
-     const char *arg;
-     const char *const *optlist;
+argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
 {
   int i;			/* Temporary index in OPTLIST.  */
   size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
@@ -78,15 +76,10 @@ argmatch (arg, optlist)
    PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */
 
 void
-invalid_arg (kind, value, problem)
-     const char *kind;
-     const char *value;
-     int problem;
+invalid_arg (const char *kind, const char *value, int problem)
 {
-  fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
-  if (problem == -1)
-    fprintf (stderr, "invalid");
-  else				/* Assume -2.  */
-    fprintf (stderr, "ambiguous");
-  fprintf (stderr, " %s `%s'\n", kind, value);
+  const char *fmt = (problem == -1
+		     ? "%s: invalid %s `%s'\n"
+		     : "%s: ambiguous %s `%s'\n");
+  fprintf (stderr, fmt, program_name, kind, value);
 }

lib/backupfile.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990,1991,1992,1993,1995,1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ char *malloc ();
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
 #ifndef CHAR_BIT
-#define CHAR_BIT 8
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
 #endif
 /* Upper bound on the string length of an integer converted to string.
    302 / 1000 is ceil (log10 (2.0)).  Subtract 1 for the sign bit;
@@ -97,15 +97,12 @@ char *malloc ();
 # define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
 #endif
 
-/* Which type of backup file names are generated. */
-enum backup_type backup_type = none;
-
 /* The extension added to file names to produce a simple (as opposed
    to numbered) backup file name. */
-const char *simple_backup_suffix = ".orig";
+const char *simple_backup_suffix = "~";
 
-static int max_backup_version __BACKUPFILE_P ((const char *, const char *));
-static int version_number __BACKUPFILE_P ((const char *, const char *, size_t));
+static int max_backup_version PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
+static int version_number PARAMS ((const char *, const char *, size_t));
 
 /* Return the name of the new backup file for file FILE,
    allocated with malloc.  Return 0 if out of memory.
@@ -113,8 +110,7 @@ static int version_number __BACKUPFILE_P ((const char *, const char *, size_t));
    Do not call this function if backup_type == none. */
 
 char *
-find_backup_file_name (file)
-     const char *file;
+find_backup_file_name (const char *file, enum backup_type backup_type)
 {
   size_t backup_suffix_size_max;
   size_t file_len = strlen (file);
@@ -163,9 +159,7 @@ find_backup_file_name (file)
    */
 
 static int
-max_backup_version (file, dir)
-     const char *file;
-     const char *dir;
+max_backup_version (const char *file, const char *dir)
 {
   DIR *dirp;
   struct dirent *dp;
@@ -199,10 +193,7 @@ max_backup_version (file, dir)
    */
 
 static int
-version_number (base, backup, base_length)
-     const char *base;
-     const char *backup;
-     size_t base_length;
+version_number (const char *base, const char *backup, size_t base_length)
 {
   int version;
   const char *p;
@@ -235,8 +226,7 @@ static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
    Unique abbreviations are accepted. */
 
 enum backup_type
-get_version (version)
-     const char *version;
+get_version (const char *version)
 {
   int i;
 

lib/backupfile.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.h -- declarations for making Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,18 +33,23 @@ enum backup_type
   numbered
 };
 
-extern enum backup_type backup_type;
+#define VALID_BACKUP_TYPE(Type)		\
+  ((Type) == none			\
+   || (Type) == simple			\
+   || (Type) == numbered_existing	\
+   || (Type) == numbered)
+
 extern char const *simple_backup_suffix;
 
-#ifndef __BACKUPFILE_P
-# if defined __STDC__ || __GNUC__
-#  define __BACKUPFILE_P(args) args
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
 # else
-#  define __BACKUPFILE_P(args) ()
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
 # endif
 #endif
 
-char *base_name __BACKUPFILE_P ((char const *));
-char *find_backup_file_name __BACKUPFILE_P ((char const *));
-enum backup_type get_version __BACKUPFILE_P ((char const *));
-void addext __BACKUPFILE_P ((char *, char const *, int));
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
+char *find_backup_file_name PARAMS ((char const *, enum backup_type));
+enum backup_type get_version PARAMS ((char const *));
+void addext PARAMS ((char *, char const *, int));

lib/basename.c

@@ -1,15 +1,30 @@
-/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path */
+/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
-# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(f) 0
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
 #endif
 
 #ifndef ISSLASH
-# define ISSLASH(c) ((c) == '/')
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
 #endif
 
 /* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
@@ -17,8 +32,7 @@
    In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.  */
 
 char *
-base_name (name)
-     char const *name;
+base_name (char const *name)
 {
   char const *base = name += FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
 

lib/chown.c

@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 

lib/closeout.c

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* closeout.c - close standard output
+   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "closeout.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+/* Close standard output, exiting with status STATUS on failure.  */
+void
+close_stdout_status (int status)
+{
+  if (ferror (stdout))
+    error (status, 0, _("write error"));
+  if (fclose (stdout) != 0)
+    error (status, errno, _("write error"));
+}
+
+/* Close standard output, exiting with status EXIT_FAILURE on failure.  */
+void
+close_stdout (void)
+{
+  close_stdout_status (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}

lib/closeout.h

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+void close_stdout PARAMS ((void));
+void close_stdout_status PARAMS ((int status));

lib/dirname.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,22 +15,22 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #else
 char *malloc ();
 #endif
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
 #else
-#include <strings.h>
-#ifndef strrchr
-#define strrchr rindex
-#endif
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef strrchr
+#  define strrchr rindex
+# endif
 #endif
 
 /* Return the leading directories part of PATH,

lib/error.c

@@ -1,23 +1,27 @@
-/* error.c -- error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
+   Copyright (C) 1990,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
 
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -43,13 +47,12 @@
 void exit ();
 #endif
 
+#include "error.h"
+
 #ifndef _
 # define _(String) String
 #endif
 
-/* Get prototypes for the functions defined here.  */
-#include <error.h>
-
 /* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
    name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
    function without parameters instead.  */
@@ -68,17 +71,25 @@ unsigned int error_message_count;
 # define program_name program_invocation_name
 # include <errno.h>
 
+/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
+   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
+# define error __error
+# define error_at_line __error_at_line
+
 #else /* not _LIBC */
 
 /* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
    name of the executing program.  */
 extern char *program_name;
 
-# if HAVE_STRERROR
-#  ifndef strerror		/* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
-char *strerror ();
-#  endif
+# ifdef HAVE_STRERROR_R
+#  define __strerror_r strerror_r
 # else
+#  if HAVE_STRERROR
+#   ifndef strerror		/* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
+char *strerror ();
+#   endif
+#  else
 static char *
 private_strerror (errnum)
      int errnum;
@@ -87,12 +98,12 @@ private_strerror (errnum)
   extern int sys_nerr;
 
   if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
-    return sys_errlist[errnum];
+    return _(sys_errlist[errnum]);
   return _("Unknown system error");
 }
-#  define strerror private_strerror
-# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR */
-
+#   define strerror private_strerror
+#  endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
+# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR_R */
 #endif	/* not _LIBC */
 
 /* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
@@ -102,7 +113,7 @@ private_strerror (errnum)
 /* VARARGS */
 
 void
-#if defined(VA_START) && __STDC__
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
 error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
 #else
 error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
@@ -138,7 +149,14 @@ error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
 
   ++error_message_count;
   if (errnum)
-    fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+    {
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
+      char errbuf[1024];
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+#endif
+    }
   putc ('\n', stderr);
   fflush (stderr);
   if (status)
@@ -150,7 +168,7 @@ error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
 int error_one_per_line;
 
 void
-#if defined(VA_START) && __STDC__
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
 error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
 	       unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
 #else
@@ -206,9 +224,24 @@ error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
 
   ++error_message_count;
   if (errnum)
-    fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+    {
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
+      char errbuf[1024];
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+#endif
+    }
   putc ('\n', stderr);
   fflush (stderr);
   if (status)
     exit (status);
 }
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make the weak alias.  */
+# undef error
+# undef error_at_line
+weak_alias (__error, error)
+weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
+#endif

lib/error.h

@@ -1,10 +1,14 @@
-/* error.h -- declaration for error-reporting function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Declaration for error-reporting function
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
@@ -12,26 +16,31 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
 
-#ifndef ERROR_H_
-# define ERROR_H_
+#ifndef _ERROR_H
+#define _ERROR_H 1
 
-# ifndef __attribute__
+#ifndef __attribute__
 /* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
-#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
-#   define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
-#  endif
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+# endif
 /* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
    are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
-#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
-#   define __format__ format
-#   define __printf__ printf
-#  endif
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#  define __format__ format
+#  define __printf__ printf
 # endif
+#endif
 
-# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 
 /* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
    if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
@@ -49,11 +58,11 @@ extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname,
    function without parameters instead.  */
 extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
 
-# else
+#else
 void error ();
 void error_at_line ();
 extern void (*error_print_progname) ();
-# endif
+#endif
 
 /* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
 extern unsigned int error_message_count;
@@ -62,4 +71,8 @@ extern unsigned int error_message_count;
    variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
 extern int error_one_per_line;
 
-#endif /* not ERROR_H_ */
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* error.h */

lib/euidaccess.c

@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 /* Written by David MacKenzie and Torbjorn Granlund.
    Adapted for GNU C library by Roland McGrath.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ static gid_t egid;
 /* Nonzero if UID, GID, EUID, and EGID have valid values. */
 static int have_ids = 0;
 
-# ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+# if HAVE_GETGROUPS
 int group_member ();
 # else
 #  define group_member(gid)	0

lib/exclude.c

@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ extern int errno;
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
-void *xmalloc __EXCLUDE_P ((size_t));
-void *xrealloc __EXCLUDE_P ((void *, size_t));
+void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *, size_t));
 
 /* Keep track of excluded file name patterns.  */
 

lib/exclude.h

@@ -18,17 +18,17 @@
 
 /* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>  */
 
-#ifndef __EXCLUDE_P
-# if defined __STDC__ || __GNUC__
-#  define __EXCLUDE_P(args) args
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
 # else
-#  define __EXCLUDE_P(args) ()
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
 # endif
 #endif
 
 struct exclude;
 
-struct exclude *new_exclude __EXCLUDE_P ((void));
-void add_exclude __EXCLUDE_P ((struct exclude *, char const *));
-int add_exclude_file __EXCLUDE_P ((struct exclude *, char const *, char));
-int excluded_filename __EXCLUDE_P ((struct exclude const *, char const *));
+struct exclude *new_exclude PARAMS ((void));
+void add_exclude PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *));
+int add_exclude_file PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *, char));
+int excluded_filename PARAMS ((struct exclude const *, char const *));

lib/fileblocks.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Convert file size to number of blocks on System V-like machines.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,22 +17,31 @@
 
 /* Written by Brian L. Matthews, blm@6sceng.UUCP. */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#if !HAVE_ST_BLOCKS && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined BSIZE
-# include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
 # include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_ST_BLOCKS && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined BSIZE
 
 # if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 #  include <unistd.h>
 # endif
 
 # ifndef NINDIR
+
+#  if defined (__DJGPP__)
+typedef long daddr_t; /* for disk address */
+#  endif
+
 /* Some SysV's, like Irix, seem to lack this.  Hope it's correct. */
 /* Number of inode pointers per indirect block. */
-#  define NINDIR (BSIZE/sizeof(daddr_t))
+#  define NINDIR (BSIZE / sizeof (daddr_t))
 # endif /* !NINDIR */
 
 /* Number of direct block addresses in an inode. */

lib/filemode.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -47,45 +47,45 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-#undef S_ISBLK
-#undef S_ISCHR
-#undef S_ISDIR
-#undef S_ISFIFO
-#undef S_ISLNK
-#undef S_ISMPB
-#undef S_ISMPC
-#undef S_ISNWK
-#undef S_ISREG
-#undef S_ISSOCK
+# undef S_ISBLK
+# undef S_ISCHR
+# undef S_ISDIR
+# undef S_ISFIFO
+# undef S_ISLNK
+# undef S_ISMPB
+# undef S_ISMPC
+# undef S_ISNWK
+# undef S_ISREG
+# undef S_ISSOCK
 #endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */
 
 #if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK)
-#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
+# define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR)
-#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
+# define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG)
-#define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
+# define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO)
-#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
+# define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
-#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+# define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK)
-#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
+# define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISMPB) && defined(S_IFMPB) /* V7 */
-#define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
-#define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
+# define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
+# define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX */
-#define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
+# define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
 #endif
 
 void mode_string ();

lib/fnmatch.c

@@ -1,37 +1,52 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
-   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+  Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <fnmatch.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 
-#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || !defined (isascii)
-# define ISASCII(c) 1
-#else
-# define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
-#endif
 
-#define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#if defined _LIBC || !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+
+
+# if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
+#  define ISASCII(c) 1
+# else
+#  define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
+# endif
+
+# define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
+
 
 # ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
@@ -49,7 +64,7 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
   register char c;
 
 /* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
-# define FOLD(c)	((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
 
   while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
     {
@@ -71,6 +86,9 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 	  if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
 	    {
 	      c = *p++;
+	      if (c == '\0')
+		/* Trailing \ loses.  */
+		return FNM_NOMATCH;
 	      c = FOLD (c);
 	    }
 	  if (FOLD (*n) != c)
@@ -82,10 +100,24 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 	      (n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
 	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
 
-	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++, ++n)
-	    if (((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/') ||
-		(c == '?' && *n == '\0'))
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++)
+	    {
+	      if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/')
+		/* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_FILE_NAME.  */
+		return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	      else if (c == '?')
+		{
+		  /* A ? needs to match one character.  */
+		  if (*n == '\0')
+		    /* There isn't another character; no match.  */
+		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		  else
+		    /* One character of the string is consumed in matching
+		       this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
+		       less than three characters.  */
+		    ++n;
+		}
+	    }
 
 	  if (c == '\0')
 	    return 0;
@@ -122,7 +154,11 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 		register char cstart = c, cend = c;
 
 		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
-		  cstart = cend = *p++;
+		  {
+		    if (*p == '\0')
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    cstart = cend = *p++;
+		  }
 
 		cstart = cend = FOLD (cstart);
 
@@ -169,8 +205,12 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 
 		c = *p++;
 		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
-		  /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
-		  ++p;
+		  {
+		    if (*p == '\0')
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
+		    ++p;
+		  }
 	      }
 	    if (not)
 	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
@@ -196,3 +236,5 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 
 # undef FOLD
 }
+
+#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */

lib/fsusage.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* fsusage.c -- return space usage of mounted filesystems
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -26,6 +26,13 @@
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include "fsusage.h"
 
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
 int statfs ();
 
 #if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
@@ -65,6 +72,25 @@ int statfs ();
 int statvfs ();
 #endif
 
+/* Many space usage primitives use all 1 bits to denote a value that is
+   not applicable or unknown.  Propagate this information by returning
+   a uintmax_t value that is all 1 bits if the argument is all 1 bits,
+   even if the argument is unsigned and smaller than uintmax_t.  */
+#define PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES(x) ((x) == -1 ? (uintmax_t) -1 : (uintmax_t) (x))
+
+/* Extract the top bit of X as an uintmax_t value.  */
+#define EXTRACT_TOP_BIT(x) ((x) \
+			    & ((uintmax_t) 1 << (sizeof (x) * CHAR_BIT - 1)))
+
+/* If a value is negative, many space usage primitives store it into an
+   integer variable by assignment, even if the variable's type is unsigned.
+   So, if a space usage variable X's top bit is set, convert X to the
+   uintmax_t value V such that (- (uintmax_t) V) is the negative of
+   the original value.  If X's top bit is clear, just yield X.
+   Use PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT if the original value might be negative;
+   otherwise, use PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES.  */
+#define PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT(x) ((x) | ~ (EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (x) - 1))
+
 int safe_read ();
 
 /* Fill in the fields of FSP with information about space usage for
@@ -87,7 +113,7 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
   if (statfs (path, &fsd, sizeof (struct statfs)) != 0)
     return -1;
 
-  fsp->fsu_blocksize = fsd.f_fsize;
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_fsize);
 
 #endif /* STAT_STATFS3_OSF1 */
 
@@ -99,11 +125,12 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
     return -1;
 
   fsp->fsu_blocksize = 1024;
-  fsp->fsu_blocks = fsd.fd_req.btot;
-  fsp->fsu_bfree = fsd.fd_req.bfree;
-  fsp->fsu_bavail = fsd.fd_req.bfreen;
-  fsp->fsu_files = fsd.fd_req.gtot;
-  fsp->fsu_ffree = fsd.fd_req.gfree;
+  fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.btot);
+  fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.bfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.fd_req.bfreen);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.fd_req.bfreen) != 0;
+  fsp->fsu_files = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.gtot);
+  fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.gfree);
 
 #endif /* STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA */
 
@@ -132,12 +159,15 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
     }
   close (fd);
 
-  fsp->fsu_blocksize = fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 1024 : 512;
-  fsp->fsu_blocks = fsd.s_fsize;
-  fsp->fsu_bfree = fsd.s_tfree;
-  fsp->fsu_bavail = fsd.s_tfree;
-  fsp->fsu_files = (fsd.s_isize - 2) * INOPB * (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 2 : 1);
-  fsp->fsu_ffree = fsd.s_tinode;
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 1024 : 512);
+  fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.s_fsize);
+  fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.s_tfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.s_tfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.s_tfree) != 0;
+  fsp->fsu_files = (fsd.s_isize == -1
+		    ? (uintmax_t) -1
+		    : (fsd.s_isize - 2) * INOPB * (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 2 : 1));
+  fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.s_tinode);
 
 #endif /* STAT_READ_FILSYS */
 
@@ -148,7 +178,7 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
   if (statfs (path, &fsd) < 0)
     return -1;
 
-  fsp->fsu_blocksize = fsd.f_bsize;
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bsize);
 
 # ifdef STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS
 
@@ -174,7 +204,7 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
   if (statfs (path, &fsd) < 0)
     return -1;
 
-  fsp->fsu_blocksize = fsd.f_fsize;
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_fsize);
 
 #endif /* STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE */
 
@@ -193,7 +223,7 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
      systems seem to always be in terms of 512-byte blocks,
      no matter what value f_bsize has.  */
 # if _AIX || defined(_CRAY)
-   fsp->fsu_blocksize = fsd.f_bsize;
+   fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bsize);
 # else
    fsp->fsu_blocksize = 512;
 # endif
@@ -208,18 +238,20 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
     return -1;
 
   /* f_frsize isn't guaranteed to be supported.  */
-  fsp->fsu_blocksize = fsd.f_frsize ? fsd.f_frsize : fsd.f_bsize;
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize =
+    PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_frsize ? fsd.f_frsize : fsd.f_bsize);
 
 #endif /* STAT_STATVFS */
 
 #if !defined(STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA) && !defined(STAT_READ_FILSYS)
 				/* !Ultrix && !SVR2 */
 
-  fsp->fsu_blocks = fsd.f_blocks;
-  fsp->fsu_bfree = fsd.f_bfree;
-  fsp->fsu_bavail = fsd.f_bavail;
-  fsp->fsu_files = fsd.f_files;
-  fsp->fsu_ffree = fsd.f_ffree;
+  fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_blocks);
+  fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.f_bavail);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.f_bavail) != 0;
+  fsp->fsu_files = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_files);
+  fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_ffree);
 
 #endif /* not STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA && not STAT_READ_FILSYS */
 

lib/fsusage.h

@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ struct fs_usage
   uintmax_t fsu_blocks;		/* Total blocks. */
   uintmax_t fsu_bfree;		/* Free blocks available to superuser. */
   uintmax_t fsu_bavail;		/* Free blocks available to non-superuser. */
+  int fsu_bavail_top_bit_set;	/* 1 if fsu_bavail represents a value < 0.  */
   uintmax_t fsu_files;		/* Total file nodes. */
   uintmax_t fsu_ffree;		/* Free file nodes. */
 };

lib/ftruncate.c

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 /* ftruncate emulations that work on some System V's.
    This file is in the public domain.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -19,15 +19,15 @@ ftruncate (fd, length)
 }
 
 #else /* not F_CHSIZE */
-#ifdef F_FREESP
+# ifdef F_FREESP
 
 /* By William Kucharski <kucharsk@netcom.com>.  */
 
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
+#  include <sys/stat.h>
+#  include <errno.h>
+#  if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#   include <unistd.h>
+#  endif
 
 int
 ftruncate (fd, length)
@@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ ftruncate (fd, length)
   return 0;
 }
 
-#else /* not F_CHSIZE nor F_FREESP */
-#ifdef HAVE_CHSIZE
+# else /* not F_CHSIZE nor F_FREESP */
+#  if HAVE_CHSIZE
 
 int
 ftruncate (fd, length)
@@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ ftruncate (fd, length)
   return chsize (fd, length);
 }
 
-#else /* not F_CHSIZE nor F_FREESP nor HAVE_CHSIZE */
+#  else /* not F_CHSIZE nor F_FREESP nor HAVE_CHSIZE */
 
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
+#   include <errno.h>
+#   ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
-#endif
+#   endif
 
 int
 ftruncate (fd, length)
@@ -98,6 +98,6 @@ ftruncate (fd, length)
   return -1;
 }
 
-#endif /* not HAVE_CHSIZE */
-#endif /* not F_FREESP */
+#  endif /* not HAVE_CHSIZE */
+# endif /* not F_FREESP */
 #endif /* not F_CHSIZE */

lib/full-write.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* full-write.c -- an interface to write that retries after interrupts
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -37,10 +37,7 @@ extern int errno;
    Return LEN upon success, write's (negative) error code otherwise.  */
 
 int
-full_write (desc, ptr, len)
-     int desc;
-     char *ptr;
-     size_t len;
+full_write (int desc, const char *ptr, size_t len)
 {
   int total_written;
 

lib/getdate.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,28 +14,28 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__
-#   define PARAMS(args) args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(args) ()
-#  endif
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
 # endif
+#endif
 
-#if defined (vms)
+#ifdef vms
 # include <types.h>
 # include <time.h>
 #else
 # include <sys/types.h>
-# ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+# if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
 #  include <sys/time.h>
 #  include <time.h>
 # else
-#  ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#  if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
 #   include <sys/time.h>
 #  else
 #   include <time.h>

lib/getdate.y

@@ -5,8 +5,6 @@
 **  a couple of people on Usenet.  Completely overhauled by Rich $alz
 **  <rsalz@bbn.com> and Jim Berets <jberets@bbn.com> in August, 1990.
 **
-**  This grammar has 13 shift/reduce conflicts.
-**
 **  This code is in the public domain and has no copyright.
 */
 
@@ -51,8 +49,6 @@
    host does not conform to Posix.  */
 #define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned) (c) - '0' <= 9)
 
-#include "getdate.h"
-
 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || defined (USG)
 # include <string.h>
 #endif
@@ -64,10 +60,6 @@
 # define bcopy(from, to, len) memcpy ((to), (from), (len))
 #endif
 
-extern struct tm	*gmtime ();
-extern struct tm	*localtime ();
-extern time_t		mktime ();
-
 /* Remap normal yacc parser interface names (yyparse, yylex, yyerror, etc),
    as well as gratuitiously global symbol names, so we can have multiple
    yacc generated parsers in the same program.  Note that these are only
@@ -172,6 +164,9 @@ static int	yyRelYear;
 
 %}
 
+/* This grammar has 13 shift/reduce conflicts. */
+%expect 13
+
 %union {
     int			Number;
     enum _MERIDIAN	Meridian;
@@ -441,6 +436,15 @@ o_merid	: /* NULL */
 
 %%
 
+/* Include this file down here because bison inserts code above which
+   may define-away `const'.  We want the prototype for get_date to have
+   the same signature as the function definition does. */
+#include "getdate.h"
+
+extern struct tm	*gmtime ();
+extern struct tm	*localtime ();
+extern time_t		mktime ();
+
 /* Month and day table. */
 static TABLE const MonthDayTable[] = {
     { "january",	tMONTH,  1 },
@@ -886,9 +890,7 @@ difftm (a, b)
 }
 
 time_t
-get_date (p, now)
-     const char *p;
-     const time_t *now;
+get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
 {
   struct tm tm, tm0, *tmp;
   time_t Start;

lib/getopt.c

@@ -701,16 +701,18 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	      else
 		{
 		  if (opterr)
-		   if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
-		    /* --option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], pfound->name);
-		   else
-		    /* +option or -option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+		    {
+		      if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
+			/* --option */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			     _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 argv[0], pfound->name);
+		      else
+			/* +option or -option */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			     _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+		    }
 
 		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
 

lib/getugroups.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getugroups.c -- return a list of the groups a user is in
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1998 Free Software Foundation.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -45,10 +45,7 @@ struct group *getgrent ();
    the current process. */
 
 int
-getugroups (maxcount, grouplist, username)
-     int maxcount;
-     GETGROUPS_T *grouplist;
-     char *username;
+getugroups (int maxcount, GETGROUPS_T *grouplist, char *username)
 {
   struct group *grp;
   register char **cp;
@@ -59,16 +56,27 @@ getugroups (maxcount, grouplist, username)
     for (cp = grp->gr_mem; *cp; ++cp)
       if (!strcmp (username, *cp))
 	{
-	  if (maxcount != 0)
+	  int n;
+
+	  /* See if this group number is already on the list.  */
+	  for (n = 0; n < count; ++n)
+	    if (grouplist[n] == grp->gr_gid)
+	      break;
+
+	  /* If it's a new group number, then try to add it to the list.  */
+	  if (n == count)
 	    {
-	      if (count >= maxcount)
+	      if (maxcount != 0)
 		{
-		  endgrent ();
-		  return count;
+		  if (count >= maxcount)
+		    {
+		      endgrent ();
+		      return count;
+		    }
+		  grouplist[count] = grp->gr_gid;
 		}
-	      grouplist[count] = grp->gr_gid;
+	      count++;
 	    }
-	  count++;
 	}
   endgrent ();
   return count;

lib/group-member.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* group-member.c -- determine whether group id is in calling user's group list
-   Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -41,18 +41,17 @@ struct group_info
     GETGROUPS_T *group;
   };
 
-#ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+#if HAVE_GETGROUPS
 
 static void
-free_group_info (g)
-     struct group_info *g;
+free_group_info (struct group_info *g)
 {
   free (g->group);
   free (g);
 }
 
 static struct group_info *
-get_group_info ()
+get_group_info (void)
 {
   int n_groups;
   int n_group_slots;
@@ -96,8 +95,7 @@ get_group_info ()
    either of the current or effective group IDs.  */
 
 int
-group_member (gid)
-     gid_t gid;
+group_member (gid_t gid)
 {
 #ifndef HAVE_GETGROUPS
   return ((gid == getgid ()) || (gid == getegid ()));

lib/group-member.h

@@ -1,7 +1,15 @@
 #ifndef GROUP_MEMBER_H_
 # define GROUP_MEMBER_H_ 1
 
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
 int
-  group_member ();
+  group_member PARAMS ((gid_t));
 
 #endif /* GROUP_MEMBER_H_ */

lib/hash.h

@@ -1,193 +1,103 @@
-#ifndef HASH_H
-# define HASH_H 1
+/* hash - hashing table processing.
+   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>, 1998.
 
-# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include <config.h>
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* A generic hash table package.  */
+
+/* Make sure USE_OBSTACK is defined to 1 if you want the allocator to use
+   obstacks instead of malloc, and recompile `hash.c' with same setting.  */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if PROTOTYPES || __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
 # endif
+#endif
 
-# include <stdio.h>
-# include <assert.h>
+typedef unsigned int (*Hash_hasher) PARAMS ((const void *, unsigned int));
+typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
+typedef void (*Hash_data_freer) PARAMS ((void *));
+typedef bool (*Hash_processor) PARAMS ((void *, void *));
 
-# ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#  include <stdlib.h>
-# endif
-
-# ifndef HAVE_DECL_FREE
-void free ();
-# endif
-
-# ifndef HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
-char *malloc ();
-# endif
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-# define USE_OBSTACK
-# ifdef USE_OBSTACK
-#  include "obstack.h"
-# endif
-
-# define obstack_chunk_alloc malloc
-# define obstack_chunk_free free
-
-struct hash_ent
+struct hash_entry
   {
-    void *key;
-    struct hash_ent *next;
-  };
-typedef struct hash_ent HASH_ENT;
-
-/* This is particularly useful to cast uses in hash_initialize of the
-   system free function.  */
-typedef void (*Hash_key_freer_type) PARAMS((void *key));
-
-struct HT
-  {
-    /* User-supplied function for freeing keys.  It is specified in
-       hash_initialize.  If non-null, it is used by hash_free and
-       hash_clear.  You should specify `free' here only if you want
-       these functions to free all of your `key' data.  This is typically
-       the case when your key is simply an auxilliary struct that you
-       have malloc'd to aggregate several values.   */
-    Hash_key_freer_type hash_key_freer;
-
-    /* User-supplied hash function that hashes entry E to an integer
-       in the range 0..TABLE_SIZE-1.  */
-    unsigned int (*hash_hash) PARAMS((const void *e, unsigned int table_size));
-
-    /* User-supplied function that determines whether a new entry is
-       unique by comparing the new entry to entries that hashed to the
-       same bucket index.  It should return zero for a pair of entries
-       that compare equal, non-zero otherwise.  */
-
-    int (*hash_key_comparator) PARAMS((const void *, const void *));
-
-    HASH_ENT **hash_table;
-    unsigned int hash_table_size;
-    unsigned int hash_n_slots_used;
-    unsigned int hash_max_chain_length;
-
-    /* Gets set when an entry is deleted from a chain of length
-       hash_max_chain_length.  Indicates that hash_max_chain_length
-       may no longer be valid.  */
-    unsigned int hash_dirty_max_chain_length;
-
-    /* Sum of lengths of all chains (not counting any dummy
-       header entries).  */
-    unsigned int hash_n_keys;
-
-    /* A linked list of freed HASH_ENT structs.
-       FIXME: Perhaps this is unnecessary and we should simply free
-       and reallocate such structs.  */
-    HASH_ENT *hash_free_entry_list;
-
-    /* FIXME: comment.  */
-# ifdef USE_OBSTACK
-    struct obstack ht_obstack;
-# endif
+    void *data;
+    struct hash_entry *next;
   };
 
-typedef struct HT HT;
+struct hash_table
+  {
+    /* The array of buckets starts at BUCKET and extends to BUCKET_LIMIT-1,
+       for a possibility of N_BUCKETS.  Among those, N_BUCKETS_USED buckets
+       are not empty, there are N_ENTRIES active entries in the table.  */
+    struct hash_entry *bucket;
+    struct hash_entry *bucket_limit;
+    unsigned int n_buckets;
+    unsigned int n_buckets_used;
+    unsigned int n_entries;
 
-unsigned int
-  hash_get_n_slots_used PARAMS((const HT *ht));
+    /* Three functions are given to `hash_initialize', see the documentation
+       block for this function.  In a word, HASHER randomizes a user entry
+       into a number up from 0 up to some maximum minus 1; COMPARATOR returns
+       true if two user entries compare equally; and DATA_FREER is the cleanup
+       function for a user entry.  */
+    Hash_hasher hasher;
+    Hash_comparator comparator;
+    Hash_data_freer data_freer;
 
-unsigned int
-  hash_get_max_chain_length PARAMS((HT *ht));
+    /* A linked list of freed struct hash_entry structs.  */
+    struct hash_entry *free_entry_list;
 
-int
-  hash_rehash PARAMS((HT *ht, unsigned int new_table_size));
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+    /* Whenever obstacks are used, it is possible to allocate all overflowed
+       entries into a single stack, so they all can be freed in a single
+       operation.  It is not clear if the speedup is worth the trouble.  */
+    struct obstack entry_stack;
+#endif
+  };
 
-unsigned int
-  hash_get_table_size PARAMS((const HT *ht));
+typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;
 
-HT *
-  hash_initialize PARAMS((unsigned int table_size,
-			  void (*key_freer) PARAMS((void *key)),
-			  unsigned int (*hash) PARAMS((const void *,
-						       unsigned int)),
-			  int (*equality_tester) PARAMS((const void *,
-							 const void *))));
+/* Information and lookup.  */
+unsigned int hash_get_n_buckets PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned int hash_get_n_buckets_used PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned int hash_get_n_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned int hash_get_max_bucket_length PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+bool hash_table_ok PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+void hash_print_statistics PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, FILE *));
+void *hash_lookup PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
 
-unsigned int
-  hash_get_n_keys PARAMS((const HT *ht));
+/* Walking.  */
+void *hash_get_first PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+void *hash_get_next PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
+unsigned int hash_get_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, void **,
+				       unsigned int));
+unsigned int hash_do_for_each PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, Hash_processor,
+				       void *));
 
-int
-  hash_query_in_table PARAMS((const HT *ht, const void *e));
+/* Allocation and clean-up.  */
+unsigned int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned int));
+Hash_table *hash_initialize PARAMS ((unsigned int, Hash_hasher,
+				     Hash_comparator, Hash_data_freer));
+void hash_clear PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
+void hash_free PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
 
-void *
-  hash_lookup PARAMS((const HT *ht, const void *e));
-
-void *
-  hash_insert_if_absent PARAMS((HT *ht,
-				const void *e,
-				int *failed));
-
-void *
-  hash_delete_if_present PARAMS((HT *ht, const void *e));
-
-void
-  hash_print_statistics PARAMS((const HT *ht, FILE *stream));
-
-int
-  hash_get_statistics PARAMS((const HT *ht, unsigned int *n_slots_used,
-			      unsigned int *n_keys,
-			      unsigned int *max_chain_length));
-
-int
-  hash_table_ok PARAMS((HT *ht));
-
-void
-  hash_do_for_each PARAMS((HT *ht,
-			   void (*f) PARAMS((void *e, void *aux)),
-			   void *aux));
-
-int
-  hash_do_for_each_2 PARAMS((HT *ht,
-			     int (*f) PARAMS((void *e, void *aux)),
-			     void *aux));
-
-int
-  hash_do_for_each_in_selected_bucket PARAMS((HT *ht,
-					      const void *key,
-				      int (*f) PARAMS((const void *bucket_key,
-						       void *e,
-						       void *aux)),
-					      void *aux));
-
-void
-  hash_clear PARAMS((HT *ht));
-
-void
-  hash_free PARAMS((HT *ht));
-
-void
-  hash_get_key_list PARAMS((const HT *ht,
-			    unsigned int bufsize,
-			    void **buf));
-
-void *
-  hash_get_first PARAMS((const HT *ht));
-
-void *
-  hash_get_next PARAMS((const HT *ht, const void *e));
-
-/* This interface to hash_insert_if_absent is used frequently enough to
-   merit a macro here.  */
-
-# define HASH_INSERT_NEW_ITEM(Ht, Item, Failp)				\
-  do									\
-    {									\
-      void *_already;							\
-      _already = hash_insert_if_absent ((Ht), (Item), Failp);		\
-      assert (_already == NULL);					\
-    }									\
-  while (0)
-
-#endif /* HASH_H */
+/* Insertion and deletion.  */
+bool hash_rehash PARAMS ((Hash_table *, unsigned int));
+void *hash_insert PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *, bool *));
+void *hash_delete PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));

lib/human.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* human.c -- print human readable file size
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,9 +16,12 @@
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Originally contributed by lm@sgi.com;
-   --si and large file support added by eggert@twinsun.com.  */
+   --si, output block size selection, and large file support
+   added by eggert@twinsun.com.  */
 
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
 
 #if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
 # include <inttypes.h>
@@ -34,6 +37,24 @@
 #ifndef CHAR_BIT
 # define CHAR_BIT 8
 #endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+#include <argmatch.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <xstrtoul.h>
 
 #include "human.h"
 
@@ -52,25 +73,32 @@ static const char suffixes[] =
 
 /* Convert N to a human readable format in BUF.
 
-   N is expressed in units of FROM_UNITS; use units of TO_UNITS in the
-   output number.  FROM_UNITS and TO_UNITS must be positive, and one must
-   be a multiple of the other.
+   N is expressed in units of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE.  FROM_BLOCK_SIZE must
+   be positive.
 
-   If BASE is nonzero, use a format like "127k" if possible,
-   using powers of BASE; otherwise, use ordinary decimal format.
-   Normally BASE is either 1000 or 1024; it must be at least 2.
-   Most people visually process strings of 3-4 digits effectively,
-   but longer strings of digits are more prone to misinterpretation.
-   Hence, converting to an abbreviated form usually improves readability.
-   Use a suffix indicating which power is being used.
-   For example, assuming BASE is 1024, 8500 would be converted to 8.3k,
+   If OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is positive, use units of OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE in
+   the output number.  OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE must be a multiple of
+   FROM_BLOCK_SIZE or vice versa.
+
+   If OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is negative, use a format like "127k" if
+   possible, using powers of -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE; otherwise, use
+   ordinary decimal format.  Normally -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is either
+   1000 or 1024; it must be at least 2.  Most people visually process
+   strings of 3-4 digits effectively, but longer strings of digits are
+   more prone to misinterpretation.  Hence, converting to an
+   abbreviated form usually improves readability.  Use a suffix
+   indicating which power is being used.  For example, assuming
+   -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is 1024, 8500 would be converted to 8.3k,
    133456345 to 127M, 56990456345 to 53G, and so on.  Numbers smaller
-   than BASE aren't modified.  */
+   than -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE aren't modified.  */
 
 char *
-human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
+human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
+		int from_block_size, int output_block_size)
 {
   uintmax_t amt;
+  int base;
+  int to_block_size;
   int tenths;
   int power;
   char *p;
@@ -81,6 +109,17 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
      3 means AMT.TENTHS + 0.05 < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.1.  */
   int rounding;
 
+  if (output_block_size < 0)
+    {
+      base = -output_block_size;
+      to_block_size = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      base = 0;
+      to_block_size = output_block_size;
+    }
+
   p = buf + LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE;
   *p = '\0';
 
@@ -89,11 +128,11 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
   power = 0;
 #endif
 
-  /* Adjust AMT out of FROM_UNITS units and into TO_UNITS units.  */
+  /* Adjust AMT out of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE units and into TO_BLOCK_SIZE units.  */
 
-  if (to_units <= from_units)
+  if (to_block_size <= from_block_size)
     {
-      int multiplier = from_units / to_units;
+      int multiplier = from_block_size / to_block_size;
       amt = n * multiplier;
       tenths = rounding = 0;
 
@@ -119,7 +158,7 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
 		  e *= base;
 		  power++;
 		}
-	      while (e * base <= amt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
+	      while (e * base <= damt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
 
 	      damt /= e;
 
@@ -133,7 +172,7 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
     }
   else
     {
-      int divisor = to_units / from_units;
+      int divisor = to_block_size / from_block_size;
       int r10 = (n % divisor) * 10;
       int r2 = (r10 % divisor) * 2;
       amt = n / divisor;
@@ -201,3 +240,47 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
 
   return p;
 }
+
+
+/* The default block size used for output.  This number may change in
+   the future as disks get larger.  */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE
+# define DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE 1024
+#endif
+
+static char const *const block_size_args[] = { "human-readable", "si", 0 };
+static int const block_size_types[] = { -1024, -1000 };
+
+static strtol_error
+humblock (char const *spec, int *block_size)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  if (! spec && ! (spec = getenv ("BLOCK_SIZE")))
+    *block_size = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") ? 512 : DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE;
+  else if (0 <= (i = argmatch (spec, block_size_args)))
+    *block_size = block_size_types[i];
+  else
+    {
+      char *ptr;
+      unsigned long val;
+      strtol_error e = xstrtoul (spec, &ptr, 0, &val, "eEgGkKmMpPtTyYzZ0");
+      if (e != LONGINT_OK)
+	return e;
+      if (*ptr)
+	return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
+      if ((int) val < 0 || val != (int) val)
+	return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
+      *block_size = (int) val;
+    }
+
+  return LONGINT_OK;
+}
+
+void
+human_block_size (char const *spec, int report_errors, int *block_size)
+{
+  strtol_error e = humblock (spec, block_size);
+  if (e != LONGINT_OK && report_errors)
+    STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (spec, _("block size"), e);
+}

lib/human.h

@@ -15,6 +15,8 @@
 #  endif
 # endif
 
-char *human_readable PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int, int));
+char *human_readable PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int));
+
+void human_block_size PARAMS ((char const *, int, int *));
 
 #endif /* HUMAN_H_ */

lib/idcache.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* idcache.c -- map user and group IDs, cached for speed
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 #include <pwd.h>
 #include <grp.h>
 
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
@@ -44,6 +44,10 @@ struct group *getgrnam ();
 char *xmalloc ();
 char *xstrdup ();
 
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+static char digits[] = "0123456789";
+#endif
+
 struct userid
 {
   union
@@ -55,23 +59,15 @@ struct userid
   struct userid *next;
 };
 
-/* The members of this list have already been looked up.
-   If a name is NULL, the corresponding id is not in the password file.  */
 static struct userid *user_alist;
 
-#ifdef NOT_USED
-/* The members of this list are names not in the local passwd file;
-   their names are always not NULL, and their ids are irrelevant.  */
+/* The members of this list have names not in the local passwd file.  */
 static struct userid *nouser_alist;
-#endif /* NOT_USED */
 
-/* Translate UID to a login name, with cache.
-   If UID cannot be resolved, return NULL.
-   Cache lookup failures, too.  */
+/* Translate UID to a login name, with cache, or NULL if unresolved.  */
 
 char *
-getuser (uid)
-     uid_t uid;
+getuser (uid_t uid)
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct passwd *pwent;
@@ -83,31 +79,28 @@ getuser (uid)
   pwent = getpwuid (uid);
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->id.u = uid;
-  tail->name = (pwent ? xstrdup (pwent->pw_name) : NULL);
+  tail->name = pwent ? xstrdup (pwent->pw_name) : NULL;
 
-  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently added is first.  */
+  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
   tail->next = user_alist;
   user_alist = tail;
   return tail->name;
 }
 
-#ifdef NOT_USED
-
 /* Translate USER to a UID, with cache.
    Return NULL if there is no such user.
    (We also cache which user names have no passwd entry,
    so we don't keep looking them up.)  */
 
 uid_t *
-getuidbyname (user)
-     const char *user;
+getuidbyname (const char *user)
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct passwd *pwent;
 
   for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
     /* Avoid a function call for the most common case.  */
-    if (tail->name && *tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
+    if (*tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
       return &tail->id.u;
 
   for (tail = nouser_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
@@ -116,11 +109,20 @@ getuidbyname (user)
       return 0;
 
   pwent = getpwnam (user);
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+  /* We need to pretend to be the user USER, to make
+     pwd functions know about an arbitrary user name.  */
+  if (!pwent && strspn (user, digits) < strlen (user))
+    {
+      setenv ("USER", user, 1);
+      pwent = getpwnam (user);	/* now it will succeed */
+    }
+#endif
 
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->name = xstrdup (user);
 
-  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently added is first.  */
+  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
   if (pwent)
     {
       tail->id.u = pwent->pw_uid;
@@ -134,20 +136,14 @@ getuidbyname (user)
   return 0;
 }
 
-#endif /* NOT_USED */
-
 /* Use the same struct as for userids.  */
 static struct userid *group_alist;
-#ifdef NOT_USED
 static struct userid *nogroup_alist;
-#endif
 
-/* Translate GID to a group name, with cache.
-   Return NULL if the group has no name.  */
+/* Translate GID to a group name, with cache, or NULL if unresolved.  */
 
 char *
-getgroup (gid)
-     gid_t gid;
+getgroup (gid_t gid)
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct group *grent;
@@ -159,7 +155,7 @@ getgroup (gid)
   grent = getgrgid (gid);
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->id.g = gid;
-  tail->name = (grent ? xstrdup (grent->gr_name) : NULL);
+  tail->name = grent ? xstrdup (grent->gr_name) : NULL;
 
   /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
   tail->next = group_alist;
@@ -167,23 +163,20 @@ getgroup (gid)
   return tail->name;
 }
 
-#ifdef NOT_USED
-
 /* Translate GROUP to a GID, with cache.
    Return NULL if there is no such group.
    (We also cache which group names have no group entry,
    so we don't keep looking them up.)  */
 
 gid_t *
-getgidbyname (group)
-     const char *group;
+getgidbyname (const char *group)
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct group *grent;
 
   for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
     /* Avoid a function call for the most common case.  */
-    if (tail->name && *tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
+    if (*tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
       return &tail->id.g;
 
   for (tail = nogroup_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
@@ -192,6 +185,15 @@ getgidbyname (group)
       return 0;
 
   grent = getgrnam (group);
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+  /* We need to pretend to belong to group GROUP, to make
+     grp functions know about any arbitrary group name.  */
+  if (!grent && strspn (group, digits) < strlen (group))
+    {
+      setenv ("GROUP", group, 1);
+      grent = getgrnam (group);	/* now it will succeed */
+    }
+#endif
 
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->name = xstrdup (group);
@@ -209,5 +211,3 @@ getgidbyname (group)
   nogroup_alist = tail;
   return 0;
 }
-
-#endif /* NOT_USED */

lib/isdir.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* isdir.c -- determine whether a directory exists
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,19 +15,19 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 
-#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-#undef S_ISDIR
-#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISDIR
+#endif
 
-#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#if !defined S_ISDIR && defined S_IFDIR
+# define S_ISDIR(Mode) (((Mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 
 /* If PATH is an existing directory or symbolic link to a directory,

lib/lchown.c

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* Provide a stub lchown function for systems that lack it.
+   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#include "lchown.h"
+
+/* Work just like chown, except when FILE is a symbolic link.
+   In that case, set errno to ENOSYS and return -1.  */
+
+int
+lchown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
+{
+  struct stat stats;
+
+  if (lstat (file, &stats) == 0 && S_ISLNK (stats.st_mode))
+    {
+      errno = ENOSYS;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return chown (file, uid, gid);
+}

lib/lchown.h

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+/* Some systems don't have ENOSYS.  */
+#ifndef ENOSYS
+# ifdef ENOTSUP
+#  define ENOSYS ENOTSUP
+# else
+/* Some systems don't have ENOTSUP either.  */
+#  define ENOSYS ENOMSG
+# endif
+#endif

lib/linebuffer.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* linebuffer.c -- read arbitrarily long lines
-   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,11 +12,15 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by Richard Stallman. */
 
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include "linebuffer.h"
 
@@ -27,8 +31,7 @@ void free ();
 /* Initialize linebuffer LINEBUFFER for use. */
 
 void
-initbuffer (linebuffer)
-     struct linebuffer *linebuffer;
+initbuffer (struct linebuffer *linebuffer)
 {
   linebuffer->length = 0;
   linebuffer->size = 200;
@@ -37,19 +40,18 @@ initbuffer (linebuffer)
 
 /* Read an arbitrarily long line of text from STREAM into LINEBUFFER.
    Remove any newline.  Does not null terminate.
-   Return LINEBUFFER, except at end of file return 0.  */
+   Return zero upon error or upon end of file.
+   Otherwise, return LINEBUFFER.  */
 
 struct linebuffer *
-readline (linebuffer, stream)
-     struct linebuffer *linebuffer;
-     FILE *stream;
+readline (struct linebuffer *linebuffer, FILE *stream)
 {
   int c;
   char *buffer = linebuffer->buffer;
   char *p = linebuffer->buffer;
   char *end = buffer + linebuffer->size; /* Sentinel. */
 
-  if (feof (stream))
+  if (feof (stream) || ferror (stream))
     {
       linebuffer->length = 0;
       return 0;
@@ -83,8 +85,7 @@ readline (linebuffer, stream)
 /* Free linebuffer LINEBUFFER and its data, all allocated with malloc. */
 
 void
-freebuffer (linebuffer)
-     struct linebuffer *linebuffer;
+freebuffer (struct linebuffer *linebuffer)
 {
   free (linebuffer->buffer);
   free (linebuffer);

lib/linebuffer.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* linebuffer.h -- declarations for reading arbitrarily long lines
-   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,7 +14,10 @@
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
+
+#if !defined LINEBUFFER_H
+# define LINEBUFFER_H
+
 /* A `struct linebuffer' holds a line of text. */
 
 struct linebuffer
@@ -24,12 +27,13 @@ struct linebuffer
   char *buffer;
 };
 
-#undef PARAMS
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-# define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#else
-# define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#endif
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
 
 /* Initialize linebuffer LINEBUFFER for use. */
 void initbuffer PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *linebuffer));
@@ -42,3 +46,5 @@ struct linebuffer *readline PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *linebuffer,
 
 /* Free linebuffer LINEBUFFER and its data, all allocated with malloc. */
 void freebuffer PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *));
+
+#endif /* LINEBUFFER_H */

lib/long-options.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Utility to accept --help and --version options as unobtrusively as possible.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,12 +17,13 @@
 
 /* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <getopt.h>
+#include "closeout.h"
 #include "long-options.h"
 
 static struct option const long_options[] =
@@ -62,6 +63,8 @@ parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
 
 	case 'v':
 	  printf ("%s (%s) %s\n", command_name, package, version);
+	  close_stdout (); /* FIXME: output failure exit status
+			      should be settable via an arg.  */
 	  exit (0);
 
 	default:

lib/makepath.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* makepath.c -- Ensure that a directory path exists.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -71,6 +71,16 @@ extern int errno;
 # endif
 #endif
 
+#ifndef S_IWUSR
+# define S_IWUSR 0200
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IXUSR
+# define S_IXUSR 0100
+#endif
+
+#define WX_USR (S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
+
 #ifdef __MSDOS__
 typedef int uid_t;
 typedef int gid_t;
@@ -123,7 +133,6 @@ void strip_trailing_slashes ();
    Return 0 if ARGPATH exists as a directory with the proper
    ownership and permissions when done, otherwise 1.  */
 
-#if __STDC__
 int
 make_path (const char *argpath,
 	   int mode,
@@ -132,18 +141,6 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	   gid_t group,
 	   int preserve_existing,
 	   const char *verbose_fmt_string)
-#else
-int
-make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
-	   verbose_fmt_string)
-     const char *argpath;
-     int mode;
-     int parent_mode;
-     uid_t owner;
-     gid_t group;
-     int preserve_existing;
-     const char *verbose_fmt_string;
-#endif
 {
   struct stat stats;
   int retval = 0;
@@ -175,8 +172,8 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
       /* If leading directories shouldn't be writable or executable,
 	 or should have set[ug]id or sticky bits set and we are setting
 	 their owners, we need to fix their permissions after making them.  */
-      if (((parent_mode & 0300) != 0300)
-	  || (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
+      if (((parent_mode & WX_USR) != WX_USR)
+	  || ((owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
 	      && (parent_mode & 07000) != 0))
 	{
 	  tmp_mode = 0700;
@@ -220,6 +217,14 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 	  if (!do_chdir)
 	    basename_dir = dirpath;
 
+	  /* The mkdir and stat calls below appear to be reversed.
+	     They are not.  It is important to call mkdir first and then to
+	     call stat (to distinguish the three cases) only if mkdir fails.
+	     The alternative to this approach is to `stat' each directory,
+	     then to call mkdir if it doesn't exist.  But if some other process
+	     were to create the directory between the stat & mkdir, the mkdir
+	     would fail with EEXIST.  */
+
 	  *slash = '\0';
 	  if (mkdir (basename_dir, tmp_mode))
 	    {
@@ -242,28 +247,31 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 		}
 	    }
 
-	  if (newly_created_dir && verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
-	    fprintf (stderr, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
+	  if (newly_created_dir)
+	    {
+	      if (verbose_fmt_string)
+		fprintf (stderr, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
 
-	  if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
-	      && chown (basename_dir, owner, group)
+	      if ((owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
+		  && chown (basename_dir, owner, group)
 #if defined(AFS) && defined (EPERM)
-	      && errno != EPERM
+		  && errno != EPERM
 #endif
-	      )
-	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
-	      CLEANUP;
-	      return 1;
-	    }
+		  )
+		{
+		  error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+		  CLEANUP;
+		  return 1;
+		}
 
-	  if (re_protect)
-	    {
-	      struct ptr_list *new = (struct ptr_list *)
-		alloca (sizeof (struct ptr_list));
-	      new->dirname_end = slash;
-	      new->next = leading_dirs;
-	      leading_dirs = new;
+	      if (re_protect)
+		{
+		  struct ptr_list *new = (struct ptr_list *)
+		    alloca (sizeof (struct ptr_list));
+		  new->dirname_end = slash;
+		  new->next = leading_dirs;
+		  leading_dirs = new;
+		}
 	    }
 
 	  /* If we were able to save the initial working directory,
@@ -361,7 +369,7 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 	     On System V, users can give away files with chown and then not
 	     be able to chmod them.  So don't give files away.  */
 
-	  if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
+	  if ((owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
 	      && chown (dirpath, owner, group)
 #ifdef AFS
 	      && errno != EPERM

lib/memcasecmp.h

@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
-#undef PARAMS
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-# define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#else
-# define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
 #endif
 
 int

lib/memcmp.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se).
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
 }
 
 int
-memcmp (s1, s2, len)
+rpl_memcmp (s1, s2, len)
      const __ptr_t s1;
      const __ptr_t s2;
      size_t len;

lib/mktime.c

@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* mktime: convert a `struct tm' to a time_t value  zzzzzz
+   Copyright (C) 1993-1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by Paul Eggert (eggert@twinsun.com).
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
@@ -73,21 +74,26 @@
 # define CHAR_BIT 8
 #endif
 
+/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs.  */
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+/* The outer cast is needed to work around a bug in Cray C 5.0.3.0.
+   It is necessary at least when t == time_t.  */
+#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+			      ? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) : (t) 0))
+#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
+
 #ifndef INT_MIN
-# define INT_MIN (~0 << (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT - 1))
+# define INT_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (int)
 #endif
 #ifndef INT_MAX
-# define INT_MAX (~0 - INT_MIN)
+# define INT_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (int)
 #endif
 
 #ifndef TIME_T_MIN
-/* The outer cast to time_t works around a bug in Cray C 5.0.3.0.  */
-# define TIME_T_MIN ((time_t) \
-		    (0 < (time_t) -1 ? (time_t) 0 \
-		     : ~ (time_t) 0 << (sizeof (time_t) * CHAR_BIT - 1)))
+# define TIME_T_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t)
 #endif
 #ifndef TIME_T_MAX
-# define TIME_T_MAX (~ (time_t) 0 - TIME_T_MIN)
+# define TIME_T_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t)
 #endif
 
 #define TM_YEAR_BASE 1900
@@ -365,7 +371,15 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
       double dday = 366 * dyear + mday;
       double dsec = 60 * (60 * (24 * dday + hour) + min) + sec_requested;
 
-      if (TIME_T_MAX / 3 - TIME_T_MIN / 3 < (dsec < 0 ? - dsec : dsec))
+      /* On Irix4.0.5 cc, dividing TIME_T_MIN by 3 does not produce
+	 correct results, ie., it erroneously gives a positive value
+	 of 715827882.  Setting a variable first then doing math on it
+	 seems to work.  (ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu) */
+
+      const time_t time_t_max = TIME_T_MAX;
+      const time_t time_t_min = TIME_T_MIN;
+
+      if (time_t_max / 3 - time_t_min / 3 < (dsec < 0 ? - dsec : dsec))
 	return -1;
     }
 

lib/mountlist.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* mountlist.c -- return a list of mounted filesystems
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -42,7 +42,20 @@ char *xrealloc ();
 char *xstrdup ();
 void error ();
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
 # include <sys/param.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -101,7 +114,7 @@ void error ();
 # define MOUNTED_GETMNTTBL
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MNTENT_H
+#if HAVE_SYS_MNTENT_H
 /* This is to get MNTOPT_IGNORE on e.g. SVR4.  */
 # include <sys/mntent.h>
 #endif
@@ -116,10 +129,10 @@ void error ();
 /* Return the value of the hexadecimal number represented by CP.
    No prefix (like '0x') or suffix (like 'h') is expected to be
    part of CP. */
+/* FIXME: this can overflow */
 
 static int
-xatoi (cp)
-     char *cp;
+xatoi (char *cp)
 {
   int val;
 
@@ -140,107 +153,120 @@ xatoi (cp)
 }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1.  */
 
-#if defined (MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO) && !defined (__NetBSD__) && !defined (__OpenBSD__)
+#if MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO
+
+# if ! HAVE_F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS
 static char *
-fstype_to_string (t)
-     short t;
+fstype_to_string (short t)
 {
   switch (t)
     {
-# ifdef MOUNT_PC
+#  ifdef MOUNT_PC
     case MOUNT_PC:
       return "pc";
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_MFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_MFS
     case MOUNT_MFS:
       return "mfs";
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_LO
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_LO
     case MOUNT_LO:
       return "lo";
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_TFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_TFS
     case MOUNT_TFS:
       return "tfs";
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_TMP
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_TMP
     case MOUNT_TMP:
       return "tmp";
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_UFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_UFS
    case MOUNT_UFS:
      return "ufs" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_NFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_NFS
    case MOUNT_NFS:
      return "nfs" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_MSDOS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_MSDOS
    case MOUNT_MSDOS:
      return "msdos" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_LFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_LFS
    case MOUNT_LFS:
      return "lfs" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_LOFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_LOFS
    case MOUNT_LOFS:
      return "lofs" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_FDESC
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_FDESC
    case MOUNT_FDESC:
      return "fdesc" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_PORTAL
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_PORTAL
    case MOUNT_PORTAL:
      return "portal" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_NULL
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_NULL
    case MOUNT_NULL:
      return "null" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_UMAP
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_UMAP
    case MOUNT_UMAP:
      return "umap" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_KERNFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_KERNFS
    case MOUNT_KERNFS:
      return "kernfs" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_PROCFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_PROCFS
    case MOUNT_PROCFS:
      return "procfs" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_AFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_AFS
    case MOUNT_AFS:
      return "afs" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_CD9660
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_CD9660
    case MOUNT_CD9660:
      return "cd9660" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_UNION
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_UNION
    case MOUNT_UNION:
      return "union" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_DEVFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_DEVFS
    case MOUNT_DEVFS:
      return "devfs" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_EXT2FS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_EXT2FS
    case MOUNT_EXT2FS:
      return "ext2fs" ;
-# endif
+#  endif
     default:
       return "?";
     }
 }
+# endif /* ! HAVE_F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS */
+
+/* __NetBSD__ || BSD_NET2 || __OpenBSD__ */
+static char *
+fsp_to_string (const struct statfs *fsp)
+{
+# if defined HAVE_F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS
+  return fsp->f_fstypename;
+# else
+  return fstype_to_string (fsp->f_type);
+# endif
+}
+
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO */
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_VMOUNT		/* AIX.  */
 static char *
-fstype_to_string (t)
-     int t;
+fstype_to_string (int t)
 {
   struct vfs_ent *e;
 
@@ -255,22 +281,14 @@ fstype_to_string (t)
 /* Return a list of the currently mounted filesystems, or NULL on error.
    Add each entry to the tail of the list so that they stay in order.
    If NEED_FS_TYPE is nonzero, ensure that the filesystem type fields in
-   the returned list are valid.  Otherwise, they might not be.
-   If ALL_FS is zero, do not return entries for filesystems that
-   are automounter (dummy) entries.  */
+   the returned list are valid.  Otherwise, they might not be.  */
 
 struct mount_entry *
-read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
-     int need_fs_type, all_fs;
+read_filesystem_list (int need_fs_type)
 {
   struct mount_entry *mount_list;
   struct mount_entry *me;
-  struct mount_entry *mtail;
-
-  /* Start the list off with a dummy entry. */
-  me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
-  me->me_next = NULL;
-  mount_list = mtail = me;
+  struct mount_entry **mtail = &mount_list;
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_LISTMNTENT
   {
@@ -285,18 +303,17 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 
     if(listmntent(&mntlist, KMTAB, NULL, NULL) < 0)
       return NULL;
-    p = mntlist;
-    while(p){
+    for (p = mntlist; p; p = p->next) {
       mnt = p->ment;
       me = (struct mount_entry*) xmalloc(sizeof (struct mount_entry));
       me->me_devname = xstrdup(mnt->mnt_fsname);
       me->me_mountdir = xstrdup(mnt->mnt_dir);
       me->me_type = xstrdup(mnt->mnt_type);
+      me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+      me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
       me->me_dev = -1;
-      me->me_next = NULL;
-      mtail->me_next = me;
-      mtail = me;
-      p = p->next;
+      *mtail = me;
+      mtail = &me->me_next;
     }
     freemntlist(mntlist);
   }
@@ -315,14 +332,12 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 
     while ((mnt = getmntent (fp)))
       {
-	if (!all_fs && (!strcmp (mnt->mnt_type, "ignore")
-			|| !strcmp (mnt->mnt_type, "auto")))
-	  continue;
-
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_fsname);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_dir);
 	me->me_type = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_type);
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	devopt = strstr (mnt->mnt_opts, "dev=");
 	if (devopt)
 	  {
@@ -333,15 +348,14 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	  }
 	else
 	  me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
-	me->me_next = NULL;
 
 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
       }
 
     if (endmntent (fp) == 0)
-      return NULL;
+      goto free_then_fail;
   }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1. */
 
@@ -353,23 +367,21 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
     entries = getmntinfo (&fsp, MNT_NOWAIT);
     if (entries < 0)
       return NULL;
-    while (entries-- > 0)
+    for (; entries-- > 0; fsp++)
       {
+	char *fs_type = fsp_to_string (fsp);
+
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntfromname);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntonname);
-# if defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__)
-	me->me_type = xstrdup (fsp->f_fstypename);
-# else
-	me->me_type = fstype_to_string (fsp->f_type);
-# endif
+	me->me_type = fs_type;
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
-	me->me_next = NULL;
 
 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
-	fsp++;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
       }
   }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO */
@@ -380,22 +392,24 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
     int val;
     struct fs_data fsd;
 
-    while ((val = getmnt (&offset, &fsd, sizeof (fsd), NOSTAT_MANY,
-			  (char *) 0)) > 0)
+    while (errno = 0,
+	   0 <= (val = getmnt (&offset, &fsd, sizeof (fsd), NOSTAT_MANY,
+			       (char *) 0)))
       {
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (fsd.fd_req.devname);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (fsd.fd_req.path);
 	me->me_type = gt_names[fsd.fd_req.fstype];
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_dev = fsd.fd_req.dev;
-	me->me_next = NULL;
 
 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
       }
     if (val < 0)
-      return NULL;
+      goto free_then_fail;
   }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNT. */
 
@@ -424,12 +438,13 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (stats[counter].f_mntfromname);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (stats[counter].f_mntonname);
 	me->me_type = mnt_names[stats[counter].f_type];
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
-	me->me_next = NULL;
 
 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
       }
 
     free (stats);
@@ -470,15 +485,24 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	      me->me_type = xstrdup (typebuf);
 	  }
 # endif
-	me->me_next = NULL;
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 
 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
+      }
+
+    if (ferror (fp))
+      {
+	int saved_errno = errno;
+	fclose (fp);
+	errno = saved_errno;
+	goto free_then_fail;
       }
 
     if (fclose (fp) == EOF)
-      return NULL;
+      goto free_then_fail;
   }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_FREAD || MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP.  */
 
@@ -491,12 +515,13 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup ( (*ent)->mt_resource);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup( (*ent)->mt_directory);
 	me->me_type =  xstrdup ((*ent)->mt_fstype);
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
-	me->me_next = NULL;
 
 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
       }
     endmnttbl();
   }
@@ -508,33 +533,69 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
     char *table = MNTTAB;
     FILE *fp;
     int ret;
+    int lockfd = -1;
 
+# if defined F_RDLCK && defined F_SETLKW
+    /* MNTTAB_LOCK is a macro name of our own invention; it's not present in
+       e.g. Solaris 2.6.  If the SVR4 folks ever define a macro
+       for this file name, we should use their macro name instead.
+       (Why not just lock MNTTAB directly?  We don't know.)  */
+#  ifndef MNTTAB_LOCK
+#   define MNTTAB_LOCK "/etc/.mnttab.lock"
+#  endif
+    lockfd = open (MNTTAB_LOCK, O_RDONLY);
+    if (0 <= lockfd)
+      {
+	struct flock flock;
+	flock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+	flock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+	flock.l_start = 0;
+	flock.l_len = 0;
+	while (fcntl (lockfd, F_SETLKW, &flock) == -1)
+	  if (errno != EINTR)
+	    {
+	      int saved_errno = errno;
+	      close (lockfd);
+	      errno = saved_errno;
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+      }
+    else if (errno != ENOENT)
+      return NULL;
+# endif
+
+    errno = 0;
     fp = fopen (table, "r");
     if (fp == NULL)
-      return NULL;
-
-    while ((ret = getmntent (fp, &mnt)) == 0)
+      ret = errno;
+    else
       {
-	/* Don't show automounted filesystems twice on e.g., Solaris.  */
-	if (!all_fs && MNT_IGNORE (&mnt))
-	  continue;
+	while ((ret = getmntent (fp, &mnt)) == 0)
+	  {
+	    me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
+	    me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_special);
+	    me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_mountp);
+	    me->me_type = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_fstype);
+	    me->me_dummy = MNT_IGNORE (&mnt) != 0;
+	    me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	    me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
 
-	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
-	me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_special);
-	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_mountp);
-	me->me_type = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_fstype);
-	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
-	me->me_next = NULL;
+	    /* Add to the linked list. */
+	    *mtail = me;
+	    mtail = &me->me_next;
+	  }
 
-	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	ret = fclose (fp) == EOF ? errno : 0 < ret ? 0 : -1;
       }
 
-    if (ret > 0)
-      return NULL;
-   if (fclose (fp) == EOF)
-      return NULL;
+    if (0 <= lockfd && close (lockfd) != 0)
+      ret = errno;
+
+    if (0 <= ret)
+      {
+	errno = ret;
+	goto free_then_fail;
+      }
   }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2.  */
 
@@ -560,6 +621,7 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	  {
 	    char *host, *path;
 
+	    me->me_remote = 1;
 	    /* Prepend the remote pathname.  */
 	    host = thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_HOSTNAME].vmt_off;
 	    path = thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_OBJECT].vmt_off;
@@ -570,25 +632,43 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	  }
 	else
 	  {
+	    me->me_remote = 0;
 	    me->me_devname = xstrdup (thisent +
 				      vmp->vmt_data[VMT_OBJECT].vmt_off);
 	  }
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_STUB].vmt_off);
 	me->me_type = xstrdup (fstype_to_string (vmp->vmt_gfstype));
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1; /* vmt_fsid might be the info we want.  */
-	me->me_next = NULL;
 
 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
       }
     free (entries);
   }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_VMOUNT. */
 
-  /* Free the dummy head. */
-  me = mount_list;
-  mount_list = mount_list->me_next;
-  free (me);
+  *mtail = NULL;
   return mount_list;
+
+
+ free_then_fail:
+  {
+    int saved_errno = errno;
+    *mtail = NULL;
+
+    while (mount_list)
+      {
+	me = mount_list->me_next;
+	free (mount_list->me_devname);
+	free (mount_list->me_mountdir);
+	/* FIXME: me_type is not always malloced.  */
+	free (mount_list);
+	mount_list = me;
+      }
+
+    errno = saved_errno;
+    return NULL;
+  }
 }

lib/mountlist.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* mountlist.h -- declarations for list of mounted filesystems
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,11 +22,26 @@ struct mount_entry
   char *me_mountdir;		/* Mount point directory pathname. */
   char *me_type;		/* "nfs", "4.2", etc. */
   dev_t me_dev;			/* Device number of me_mountdir. */
+  unsigned int me_dummy : 1;	/* Nonzero for dummy filesystems. */
+  unsigned int me_remote : 1;	/* Nonzero for remote fileystems. */
   struct mount_entry *me_next;
 };
 
-#if __STDC__
-struct mount_entry *read_filesystem_list (int need_fs_type, int all_fs);
-#else
-struct mount_entry *read_filesystem_list ();
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+struct mount_entry *read_filesystem_list PARAMS ((int need_fs_type));
+
+#ifndef ME_DUMMY
+# define ME_DUMMY(fs_name, fs_type) \
+    (!strcmp (fs_type, "auto") || !strcmp (fs_type, "ignore"))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ME_REMOTE
+# define ME_REMOTE(fs_name, fs_type) (strchr (fs_name, ':') != 0)
 #endif

lib/path-concat.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* path-concat.c -- concatenate two arbitrary pathnames
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 
 /* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #endif
 #include <sys/types.h>

lib/putenv.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
    Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
@@ -28,6 +28,8 @@
    systems like Irix 5.3.  */
 #undef putenv
 
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
 #if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
@@ -51,6 +53,10 @@
 extern char **environ;
 #endif
 
+#ifndef NULL
+# define NULL 0
+#endif
+
 
 /* Put STRING, which is of the form "NAME=VALUE", in the environment.  */
 int

lib/quotearg.c

@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+/* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
+   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <quotearg.h>
+#include <xalloc.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# define ISASCII(c) 1
+#else
+# define ISASCII(c) isascii (c)
+#endif
+#ifdef isgraph
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isgraph (c))
+#else
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+#ifndef UCHAR_MAX
+# define UCHAR_MAX ((unsigned char) -1)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
+
+struct quoting_options
+{
+  /* Basic quoting style.  */
+  enum quoting_style style;
+
+  /* Quote the chararacters indicated by this bit vector even if the
+     quoting style would not normally require them to be quoted.  */
+  int quote_these_too[((UCHAR_MAX + 1) / INT_BITS
+		       + ((UCHAR_MAX + 1) % INT_BITS != 0))];
+};
+
+/* Names of quoting styles.  */
+char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
+{
+  "literal", "shell", "shell-always", "c", "escape", 0
+};
+
+/* The default quoting options.  */
+static struct quoting_options default_quoting_options;
+
+/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
+   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
+struct quoting_options *
+clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o)
+{
+  struct quoting_options *p
+    = (struct quoting_options *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct quoting_options));
+  *p = *(o ? o : &default_quoting_options);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
+enum quoting_style
+get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o)
+{
+  return (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
+void
+set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s)
+{
+  (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style = s;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
+   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
+   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
+   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
+int
+set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i)
+{
+  unsigned char uc = c;
+  int *p = (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->quote_these_too + uc / INT_BITS;
+  int shift = uc % INT_BITS;
+  int r = (*p >> shift) & 1;
+  *p ^= ((i & 1) ^ r) << shift;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
+   If O is null, use the default.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
+size_t
+quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+		 char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+		 struct quoting_options const *o)
+{
+  unsigned char c;
+  size_t i;
+  size_t len;
+  int quote_mark;
+  struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
+  enum quoting_style quoting_style = p->style;
+#define STORE(c) \
+    do \
+      { \
+	if (len < buffersize) \
+	  buffer[len] = (c); \
+	  len++; \
+      } \
+    while (0)
+
+  switch (quoting_style)
+    {
+    case shell_quoting_style:
+      if (! (argsize == -1 ? arg[0] == '\0' : argsize == 0))
+	{
+	  switch (arg[0])
+	    {
+	    case '#': case '~':
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      len = 0;
+	      for (i = 0; ; i++)
+		{
+		  if (argsize == -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize)
+		    goto done;
+
+		  c = arg[i];
+
+		  switch (c)
+		    {
+		    case '\t': case '\n': case ' ':
+		    case '!': /* special in csh */
+		    case '"': case '$': case '&': case '\'':
+		    case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
+		    case '<': case '>': case '?': case '[': case '\\':
+		    case '^': /* special in old /bin/sh, e.g. SunOS 4.1.4 */
+		    case '`': case '|':
+		      goto needs_quoting;
+		    }
+
+		  if (p->quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS)))
+		    goto needs_quoting;
+
+		  STORE (c);
+		}
+
+	    needs_quoting:;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      /* Fall through.  */
+
+    case shell_always_quoting_style:
+      quote_mark = '\'';
+      break;
+
+    case c_quoting_style:
+      quote_mark = '"';
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      quote_mark = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  len = 0;
+
+  if (quote_mark)
+    STORE (quote_mark);
+
+  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
+    {
+      c = arg[i];
+
+      switch (quoting_style)
+	{
+	case literal_quoting_style:
+	  break;
+
+	case shell_quoting_style:
+	case shell_always_quoting_style:
+	  if (c == '\'')
+	    {
+	      STORE ('\'');
+	      STORE ('\\');
+	      STORE ('\'');
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case c_quoting_style:
+	case escape_quoting_style:
+	  switch (c)
+	    {
+	    case '?': /* Do not generate trigraphs.  */
+	    case '\\': goto store_escape;
+	      /* Not all C compilers know what \a means.  */
+	    case   7 : c = 'a'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\b': c = 'b'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\f': c = 'f'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\n': c = 'n'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\r': c = 'r'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\t': c = 't'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\v': c = 'v'; goto store_escape;
+
+	    case ' ':
+	      if (quoting_style == escape_quoting_style)
+		goto store_escape;
+	      break;
+
+	    case '"':
+	      if (quoting_style == c_quoting_style)
+		goto store_escape;
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      if (!ISGRAPH (c))
+		{
+		  STORE ('\\');
+		  STORE ('0' + (c >> 6));
+		  STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 3));
+		  c = '0' + (c & 3);
+		  goto store_c;
+		}
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (! (p->quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS))))
+	    goto store_c;
+
+	store_escape:
+	  STORE ('\\');
+	}
+
+    store_c:
+      STORE (c);
+    }
+
+  if (quote_mark)
+    STORE (quote_mark);
+
+ done:
+  if (len < buffersize)
+    buffer[len] = '\0';
+  return len;
+}
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
+   The returned value points to static storage that can be
+   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
+   N must be nonnegative.  */
+static char *
+quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg, struct quoting_options *options)
+{
+  static unsigned nslots;
+  static struct slotvec
+    {
+      size_t size;
+      char *val;
+    } *slotvec;
+
+  if (nslots <= n)
+    {
+      int n1 = n + 1;
+      size_t s = n1 * sizeof (struct slotvec);
+      if (! (0 < n1 && n1 == s / sizeof (struct slotvec)))
+	abort ();
+      slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xrealloc (slotvec, s);
+      memset (slotvec + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof (struct slotvec));
+      nslots = n;
+    }
+
+  {
+    size_t size = slotvec[n].size;
+    char *val = slotvec[n].val;
+    size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, (size_t) -1, options);
+
+    if (size <= qsize)
+      {
+	slotvec[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
+	slotvec[n].val = val = xrealloc (val, size);
+	quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, (size_t) -1, options);
+      }
+
+    return val;
+  }
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, &default_quoting_options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n (0, arg);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch)
+{
+  struct quoting_options options;
+  options = default_quoting_options;
+  set_char_quoting (&options, ch, 1);
+  return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, &options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_colon (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_char (arg, ':');
+}

lib/quotearg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
+   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
+
+/* Basic quoting styles.  */
+enum quoting_style
+  {
+    literal_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=literal */
+    shell_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell */
+    shell_always_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell-always */
+    c_quoting_style,		/* --quoting-style=c */
+    escape_quoting_style	/* --quoting-style=escape */
+  };
+
+/* For now, --quoting-style=literal is the default, but
+   this is planned to change to --quoting-style=shell in the future.  */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE
+# define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
+#endif
+
+/* Names of quoting styles.  */
+extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
+
+struct quoting_options;
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The functions listed below set and use a hidden variable
+   that contains the default quoting style options.  */
+
+/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
+   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
+struct quoting_options *clone_quoting_options
+   PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
+
+/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
+enum quoting_style get_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
+void set_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o,
+				enum quoting_style s));
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
+   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
+   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
+   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
+int set_char_quoting PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i));
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
+   If O is null, use the default.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
+size_t quotearg_buffer PARAMS ((char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+				char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+				struct quoting_options const *o));
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   Use the default quoting options.
+   The returned value points to static storage that can be
+   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
+   N must be nonnegative.  */
+char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((int n, char const *arg));
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (ARG, 0).  */
+char *quotearg PARAMS ((char const *arg));
+
+/* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH.  */
+char *quotearg_char PARAMS ((char const *arg, char ch));
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_char (ARG, ':').  */
+char *quotearg_colon PARAMS ((char const *arg));

lib/readutmp.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* GNU's read utmp module.
-   Copyright (C) 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -34,8 +34,7 @@ char *xmalloc ();
    trailing spaces from the copy, NUL terminate it, and return the copy.  */
 
 char *
-extract_trimmed_name (ut)
-  const STRUCT_UTMP *ut;
+extract_trimmed_name (const STRUCT_UTMP *ut)
 {
   char *p, *trimmed_name;
 
@@ -54,11 +53,74 @@ extract_trimmed_name (ut)
    number of entries read, and return zero.  If there is any error,
    return non-zero and don't modify the parameters.  */
 
+#ifdef HAVE_UTMPNAME
+
 int
-read_utmp (filename, n_entries, utmp_buf)
-  const char *filename;
-  int *n_entries;
-  STRUCT_UTMP **utmp_buf;
+read_utmp (const char *filename, int *n_entries, STRUCT_UTMP **utmp_buf)
+{
+  int count_utmp = 0;
+  int n_read;
+  STRUCT_UTMP *u;
+  STRUCT_UTMP *uptr;
+  STRUCT_UTMP *utmp_contents;
+
+  if (utmpname (filename))
+    {
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* FIXME: going through the list twice is wasteful. */
+
+  /* count the entries in utmp */
+  setutent ();
+  while ((u = getutent ()) != NULL)
+    ++count_utmp;
+
+  if (count_utmp == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  utmp_contents = (STRUCT_UTMP *) xmalloc (count_utmp * sizeof (STRUCT_UTMP));
+
+  /* read the entries in utmp */
+
+  /* FIXME: can this fail? */
+  setutent ();
+
+  n_read = 0;
+  uptr = utmp_contents;
+  while ((u = getutent ()) != NULL)
+    {
+      ++n_read;
+      if (n_read > count_utmp)
+	{
+	  STRUCT_UTMP *old_utmp_contents = utmp_contents;
+	  ++count_utmp;
+	  utmp_contents = (STRUCT_UTMP *) xrealloc (utmp_contents,
+						    (count_utmp
+						     * sizeof (STRUCT_UTMP)));
+	  uptr = utmp_contents + (uptr - old_utmp_contents);
+	}
+      *uptr = *u;
+      ++uptr;
+    }
+
+  if (n_read != count_utmp)
+    utmp_contents = (STRUCT_UTMP *) xrealloc (utmp_contents,
+					      n_read * sizeof (STRUCT_UTMP));
+
+  /* FIXME: can this fail? */
+  endutent ();
+
+  *n_entries = n_read;
+  *utmp_buf = utmp_contents;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#else
+
+int
+read_utmp (const char *filename, int *n_entries, STRUCT_UTMP **utmp_buf)
 {
   FILE *utmp;
   struct stat file_stats;
@@ -91,3 +153,5 @@ read_utmp (filename, n_entries, utmp_buf)
 
   return 0;
 }
+
+#endif /* HAVE_UTMPNAME */

lib/readutmp.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Declarations for GNU's read utmp module.
-   Copyright (C) 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,6 +20,14 @@
 #ifndef __READUTMP_H__
 # define __READUTMP_H__
 
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
 # include <stdio.h>
 # include <sys/types.h>
 

lib/regex.h

@@ -2,24 +2,24 @@
    expression library, version 0.12.
    Copyright (C) 1985,89,90,91,92,93,95,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the 
-GNU C Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, 
-Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
 
 #ifndef _REGEX_H
 #define _REGEX_H 1
@@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ extern "C" {
 /* POSIX says that <sys/types.h> must be included (by the caller) before
    <regex.h>.  */
 
-#if !defined (_POSIX_C_SOURCE) && !defined (_POSIX_SOURCE) && defined (VMS)
+#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined VMS
 /* VMS doesn't have `size_t' in <sys/types.h>, even though POSIX says it
    should be there.  */
-#include <stddef.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
 #endif
 
 /* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
    (erroneously) define this in other header files, but we want our
    value, so remove any previous define.  */
 #ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
-#undef RE_DUP_MAX
+# undef RE_DUP_MAX
 #endif
 /* If sizeof(int) == 2, then ((1 << 15) - 1) overflows.  */
 #define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)
@@ -283,6 +283,10 @@ extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
    `re_error_msg' table in regex.c.  */
 typedef enum
 {
+#if (_XOPEN_SOURCE - 0) == 500
+  REG_NOSYS = -1,	/* This will never happen for this implementation.  */
+#endif
+
   REG_NOERROR = 0,	/* Success.  */
   REG_NOMATCH,		/* Didn't find a match (for regexec).  */
 
@@ -314,7 +318,7 @@ typedef enum
    private to the regex routines.  */
 
 #ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
-#define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE char *
+# define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE char *
 #endif
 
 struct re_pattern_buffer
@@ -405,7 +409,7 @@ struct re_registers
    `re_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers
    the first time a `regs' structure is passed.  */
 #ifndef RE_NREGS
-#define RE_NREGS 30
+# define RE_NREGS 30
 #endif
 
 
@@ -428,21 +432,25 @@ typedef struct
 
 #if __STDC__
 
-#define _RE_ARGS(args) args
+# define _RE_ARGS(args) args
 
 #else /* not __STDC__ */
 
-#define _RE_ARGS(args) ()
+# define _RE_ARGS(args) ()
 
 #endif /* not __STDC__ */
 
 /* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax.
    You can also simply assign to the `re_syntax_options' variable.  */
+extern reg_syntax_t __re_set_syntax _RE_ARGS ((reg_syntax_t syntax));
 extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax _RE_ARGS ((reg_syntax_t syntax));
 
 /* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH
    and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer
    BUFFER.  Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not.  */
+extern const char *__re_compile_pattern
+  _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, size_t length,
+             struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
 extern const char *re_compile_pattern
   _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, size_t length,
              struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
@@ -451,6 +459,7 @@ extern const char *re_compile_pattern
 /* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to
    accelerate searches.  Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an
    internal error.  */
+extern int __re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
 extern int re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
 
 
@@ -459,6 +468,9 @@ extern int re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
    characters.  Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no
    match, or -2 for an internal error.  Also return register
    information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero).  */
+extern int __re_search
+  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
+            int length, int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs));
 extern int re_search
   _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
             int length, int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs));
@@ -466,6 +478,10 @@ extern int re_search
 
 /* Like `re_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and
    STRING2.  Also, stop searching at index START + STOP.  */
+extern int __re_search_2
+  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
+             int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
+             int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
 extern int re_search_2
   _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
              int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
@@ -474,12 +490,19 @@ extern int re_search_2
 
 /* Like `re_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp
    in BUFFER matched, starting at position START.  */
+extern int __re_match
+  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
+             int length, int start, struct re_registers *regs));
 extern int re_match
   _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
              int length, int start, struct re_registers *regs));
 
 
 /* Relates to `re_match' as `re_search_2' relates to `re_search'.  */
+extern int __re_match_2
+  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
+             int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
+             int start, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
 extern int re_match_2
   _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
              int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
@@ -498,27 +521,41 @@ extern int re_match_2
    Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
    PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
    freeing the old data.  */
+extern void __re_set_registers
+  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, struct re_registers *regs,
+             unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends));
 extern void re_set_registers
   _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, struct re_registers *regs,
              unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends));
 
 #ifdef _REGEX_RE_COMP
-#ifndef _CRAY
+# ifndef _CRAY
 /* 4.2 bsd compatibility.  */
 extern char *re_comp _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
 extern int re_exec _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
-#endif
+# endif
 #endif
 
 /* POSIX compatibility.  */
-extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *preg, const char *pattern, int cflags));
-extern int regexec
-  _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *preg, const char *string, size_t nmatch,
-             regmatch_t pmatch[], int eflags));
-extern size_t regerror
-  _RE_ARGS ((int errcode, const regex_t *preg, char *errbuf,
-             size_t errbuf_size));
-extern void regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *preg));
+extern int __regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg, const char *__pattern,
+				int __cflags));
+extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg, const char *__pattern,
+			      int __cflags));
+
+extern int __regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__preg,
+				const char *__string, size_t __nmatch,
+				regmatch_t __pmatch[], int __eflags));
+extern int regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__preg,
+			      const char *__string, size_t __nmatch,
+			      regmatch_t __pmatch[], int __eflags));
+
+extern size_t __regerror _RE_ARGS ((int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
+				    char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size));
+extern size_t regerror _RE_ARGS ((int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
+				  char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size));
+
+extern void __regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg));
+extern void regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg));
 
 
 #ifdef __cplusplus

lib/rpmatch.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Determine whether string value is affirmation or negative response
    according to current locale's data.
-   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -30,11 +30,7 @@
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
-#if WITH_REGEX
-# include <regex.h>
-#else
-# include <rx.h>
-#endif
+#include <regex.h>
 
 #if ENABLE_NLS
 # include <libintl.h>

lib/safe-read.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* safe-read.c -- an interface to read that retries after interrupts
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -31,17 +31,16 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
+#include "safe-read.h"
+
 /* Read LEN bytes at PTR from descriptor DESC, retrying if interrupted.
    Return the actual number of bytes read, zero for EOF, or negative
    for an error.  */
 
-int
-safe_read (desc, ptr, len)
-     int desc;
-     char *ptr;
-     int len;
+ssize_t
+safe_read (int desc, void *ptr, size_t len)
 {
-  int n_chars;
+  ssize_t n_chars;
 
   if (len <= 0)
     return len;

lib/safe-read.h

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+ssize_t
+safe_read PARAMS ((int desc, void *ptr, size_t len));

lib/save-cwd.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* save-cwd.c -- Save and restore current working directory.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 
 /* Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include "config.h"
 #endif
 
@@ -27,11 +27,11 @@
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
 # include <fcntl.h>
 #else
 # include <sys/file.h>
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ save_cwd (cwd)
 
   if (have_working_fchdir)
     {
-#ifdef HAVE_FCHDIR
+#if HAVE_FCHDIR
       cwd->desc = open (".", O_RDONLY);
       if (cwd->desc < 0)
 	{

lib/save-cwd.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ struct saved_cwd
   };
 
 # ifndef PARAMS
-#  if __STDC__
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
 #   define PARAMS(Args) Args
 #  else
 #   define PARAMS(Args) ()

lib/savedir.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* savedir.c -- save the list of files in a directory in a string
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,13 +17,13 @@
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 

lib/stat.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /* Work around the bug in some systems whereby stat succeeds when
    given the zero-length file name argument.  The stat from SunOS4.1.4
    has this bug.
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,7 +33,13 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
-/* FIXME: describe.  */
+/* This is a wrapper for stat(2).
+   If FILE is the empty string, fail with errno == ENOENT.
+   Otherwise, return the result of calling the real stat.
+
+   This works around the bug in some systems whereby stat succeeds when
+   given the zero-length file name argument.  The stat from SunOS4.1.4
+   has this bug.  */
 
 int
 rpl_stat (file, sbuf)
@@ -42,7 +48,7 @@ rpl_stat (file, sbuf)
 {
   if (file && *file == 0)
     {
-      errno = EINVAL;
+      errno = ENOENT;
       return -1;
     }
 

lib/stpcpy.c

@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1992, 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* stpcpy.c -- copy a string and return pointer to end of new string
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
    Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.

lib/strdup.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* strdup.c -- return a newly allocated copy of a string
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,13 +15,13 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #else
 char *malloc ();
 char *strcpy ();

lib/strftime.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
    Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 
   for (f = format; *f != '\0'; ++f)
     {
-      int pad;			/* Padding for number ('-', '_', or 0).  */
+      int pad = 0;		/* Padding for number ('-', '_', or 0).  */
       int modifier;		/* Field modifier ('E', 'O', or 0).  */
       int digits;		/* Max digits for numeric format.  */
       int number_value; 	/* Numeric value to be printed.  */
@@ -580,7 +580,6 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 #endif /* ! DO_MULTIBYTE */
 
       /* Check for flags that can modify a format.  */
-      pad = 0;
       while (1)
 	{
 	  switch (*++f)

lib/userspec.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* userspec.c -- Parse a user and group string.
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 #ifdef __GNUC__
 # define alloca __builtin_alloca
 #else
-# ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
 #  include <alloca.h>
 # else
 #  ifdef _AIX
@@ -85,7 +85,9 @@ struct group *getgrgid ();
 
 #define isdigit(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '9')
 
+#ifndef strdup
 char *strdup ();
+#endif
 
 /* Return nonzero if STR represents an unsigned decimal integer,
    otherwise return 0. */
@@ -153,6 +155,15 @@ parse_user_spec (spec_arg, uid, gid, username_arg, groupname_arg)
   if (u == NULL && g == NULL)
     return "can not omit both user and group";
 
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+  /* Pretend that we are the user U whose group is G.  This makes
+     pwd and grp functions ``know'' about the UID and GID of these.  */
+  if (u && !is_number (u))
+    setenv ("USER", u, 1);
+  if (g && !is_number (g))
+    setenv ("GROUP", g, 1);
+#endif
+
   if (u != NULL)
     {
       pwd = getpwnam (u);

lib/utime.c

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* derived from a function in touch.c */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#undef utime
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIME_H
+# include <utime.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "safe-read.h"
+
+/* Some systems (even some that do have <utime.h>) don't declare this
+   structure anywhere.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF
+struct utimbuf
+{
+  long actime;
+  long modtime;
+};
+#endif
+
+/* Emulate utime (file, NULL) for systems (like 4.3BSD) that do not
+   interpret it to set the access and modification times of FILE to
+   the current time.  Return 0 if successful, -1 if not. */
+
+static int
+utime_null (const char *file)
+{
+#if HAVE_UTIMES_NULL
+  return utimes (file, 0);
+#else
+  int fd;
+  char c;
+  int status = 0;
+  struct stat sb;
+
+  fd = open (file, O_RDWR, 0666);
+  if (fd < 0
+      || fstat (fd, &sb) < 0
+      || safe_read (fd, &c, sizeof (char)) < 0
+      || lseek (fd, (off_t) 0, SEEK_SET) < 0
+      || full_write (fd, &c, sizeof (char)) < 0
+      /* Maybe do this -- it's necessary on SunOS4.1.3 with some combination
+	 of patches, but that system doesn't use this code: it has utimes.
+	 || fsync (fd) < 0
+      */
+      || ftruncate (fd, st.st_size) < 0
+      || close (fd) < 0)
+    status = -1;
+  return status;
+#endif
+}
+
+int
+rpl_utime (const char *file, const struct utimbuf *times)
+{
+  if (times)
+    return utime (file, times);
+
+  return utime_null (file);
+}

lib/xstrdup.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* xstrdup.c -- copy a string with out of memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,24 +19,28 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-char *xmalloc (size_t);
-char *xstrdup (char *string);
-#else
-char *xmalloc ();
-#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+char *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t n));
 
 /* Return a newly allocated copy of STRING.  */
 
 char *
-xstrdup (string)
-     char *string;
+xstrdup (const char *string)
 {
   return strcpy (xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), string);
 }

lib/xstrtod.h

@@ -1,12 +1,13 @@
 #ifndef XSTRTOD_H
 # define XSTRTOD_H 1
 
-#undef PARAMS
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-# define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#else
-# define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#endif
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
 
 int
   xstrtod PARAMS ((const char *str, const char **ptr, double *result));

lib/xstrtol.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* A more useful interface to strtol.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,6 +21,10 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+/* Some pre-ANSI implementations (e.g. SunOS 4)
+   need stderr defined if assertion checking is enabled.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
 #if STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
@@ -34,7 +38,6 @@
 # endif
 #endif
 
-#define NDEBUG
 #include <assert.h>
 
 #include <errno.h>
@@ -46,47 +49,66 @@ extern int errno;
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
 
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
+/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs.  */
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+/* The outer cast is needed to work around a bug in Cray C 5.0.3.0.
+   It is necessary at least when t == time_t.  */
+#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+			      ? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) : (t) 0))
+#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t))
+
 #ifndef ULONG_MAX
-# define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long) ~(unsigned long) 0)
+# define ULONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (unsigned long int)
 #endif
 
 #ifndef LONG_MAX
-# define LONG_MAX ((long int) (ULONG_MAX >> 1))
+# define LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (long int)
 #endif
 
 #include "xstrtol.h"
 
-#define BKM_SCALE(x, scale_factor, error_return)			\
-      do								\
-	{								\
-	  if ((x) > (double) __ZLONG_MAX / (scale_factor))		\
-	    return (error_return);					\
-	  (x) *= (scale_factor);					\
-	}								\
-      while (0)
-
 __unsigned long int __strtol ();
 
+static int
+bkm_scale (__unsigned long int *x, int scale_factor)
+{
+  __unsigned long int product = *x * scale_factor;
+  if (*x != product / scale_factor)
+    return 1;
+  *x = product;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+bkm_scale_by_power (__unsigned long int *x, int base, int power)
+{
+  while (power--)
+    if (bkm_scale (x, base))
+      return 1;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
 /* FIXME: comment.  */
 
 strtol_error
-__xstrtol (s, ptr, base, val, valid_suffixes)
-     const char *s;
-     char **ptr;
-     int base;
-     __unsigned long int *val;
-     const char *valid_suffixes;
+__xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
+	   __unsigned long int *val, const char *valid_suffixes)
 {
   char *t_ptr;
   char **p;
   __unsigned long int tmp;
 
-  assert (0 <= base && base <= 36);
+  assert (0 <= strtol_base && strtol_base <= 36);
 
   p = (ptr ? ptr : &t_ptr);
 
   errno = 0;
-  tmp = __strtol (s, p, base);
+  tmp = __strtol (s, p, strtol_base);
   if (errno != 0)
     return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
   if (*p == s)
@@ -103,40 +125,92 @@ __xstrtol (s, ptr, base, val, valid_suffixes)
 
   if (**p != '\0')
     {
+      int base = 1024;
+      int suffixes = 1;
+      int overflow;
+
       if (!strchr (valid_suffixes, **p))
 	return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
 
+      if (strchr (valid_suffixes, '0'))
+	{
+	  /* The ``valid suffix'' '0' is a special flag meaning that
+	     an optional second suffix is allowed, which can change
+	     the base, e.g. "100MD" for 100 megabytes decimal.  */
+
+	  switch (p[0][1])
+	    {
+	    case 'B':
+	      suffixes++;
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'D':
+	      base = 1000;
+	      suffixes++;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
       switch (**p)
 	{
 	case 'b':
-	  BKM_SCALE (tmp, 512, LONGINT_OVERFLOW);
-	  ++(*p);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'c':
-	  ++(*p);
+	  overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 512);
 	  break;
 
 	case 'B':
-	case 'k':
-	  BKM_SCALE (tmp, 1024, LONGINT_OVERFLOW);
-	  ++(*p);
+	  overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 1024);
 	  break;
 
-	case 'm':
-	  BKM_SCALE (tmp, 1024 * 1024, LONGINT_OVERFLOW);
-	  ++(*p);
+	case 'c':
+	  overflow = 0;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'E': /* Exa */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 6);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'G': /* Giga */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 3);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'k': /* kilo */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 1);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'M': /* Mega */
+	case 'm': /* 'm' is undocumented; for backward compatibility only */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 2);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'P': /* Peta */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 5);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'T': /* Tera */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 4);
 	  break;
 
 	case 'w':
-	  BKM_SCALE (tmp, 2, LONGINT_OVERFLOW);
-	  ++(*p);
+	  overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 2);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'Y': /* Yotta */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 8);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'Z': /* Zetta */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 7);
 	  break;
 
 	default:
 	  return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
 	  break;
 	}
+
+      if (overflow)
+	return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
+
+      (*p) += suffixes;
     }
 
   *val = tmp;

lib/xstrtol.h

@@ -5,12 +5,10 @@
 #  define __xstrtol xstrtoul
 #  define __strtol strtoul
 #  define __unsigned unsigned
-#  define __ZLONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
 # else
 #  define __xstrtol xstrtol
 #  define __strtol strtol
 #  define __unsigned /* empty */
-#  define __ZLONG_MAX LONG_MAX
 # endif
 
 # ifndef PARAMS

lib/yesno.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* yesno.c -- read a yes/no response from stdin
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,12 +15,12 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <ctype.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 #include <stdio.h>

m4/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,141 @@
+1998-08-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* st_mtim.m4: Use hack to avoid having to put #undef HAVE_ST_MTIM
+	in acconfig.h manually.
+
+1998-07-31  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* st_mtim.m4: New file.
+
+1998-07-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* utimes.m4: Undef stat.
+
+1998-07-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* utime.m4 (jm_FUNC_UTIME): New file and macro.
+	* utimes.m4 (jm_FUNC_UTIMES_NULL): New file and macro.
+
+1998-07-09  Manfred Hollstein  <manfred@s-direktnet.de>
+
+	* chown.m4 (jm_FUNC_CHOWN): Add a check to verify that the
+	uid and gid actually remain unchanged.
+
+1998-07-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* jm-glibc-io.m4: Remove fclose_unlocked.
+
+1998-07-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* regex.m4: Use syscmd, ifelse, and sysval.  Mainly as an exercise
+	to prove that this macro can be used in packages without regex.c.
+
+1998-07-02  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* gettext.m4 (AM_WITH_NLS): Remove intl/libintl.h if <libintl.h>
+	is to be used.
+
+1998-07-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* gettext.m4: Add -lintl if it's found to be necessary.
+
+	* gettext.m4: New file -- from gettext-0.10.35.
+	* lcmessage.m4: Likewise.
+	* progtest.m4: Likewise.
+
+	* regex.m4 (jm_WITH_REGEX): New file and macro.
+	* jm-macros.m4: Require the new macro.
+
+1998-06-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* fstypename.m4: Include sys/param.h.  NetBSD 1.3.1 requires this
+	for the definition of NGROUPS (used in a system header included
+	by sys/mount.h).
+
+1998-06-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* ls-mntd-fs.m4: New file.
+	* fstypename.m4: New file.
+
+	* jm-macros.m4: Require the new macro.
+	* jm-glibc-io.m4: New file.
+
+1998-05-19  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4: Add jm_FUNC_LCHOWN.
+	* lchown.m4: New file.
+
+	* Makefile.am.in: New file.
+	* Makefile.am (Makefile.am): Depend on Makefile.am.in.
+
+1998-05-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add them.
+	* jm-macros.m4: New file.
+	* utimbuf.m4: New file.
+
+1998-05-12  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add isc-posix.m4.
+
+1998-05-11  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* isc-posix.m4: New file.
+
+1998-05-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* jm-mktime.m4: Use AM_FUNC_MKTIME, now that it's up to date.
+
+1998-05-09  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add ssize_t.m4.
+	(EXTRA_DIST): Remove mktime.m4, now that the new version is included
+	with automake.
+
+	* ssize_t.m4: New file.
+	* mktime.m4: Remove file -- the new automake has this now.
+
+1998-04-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* assert.m4: New file.
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add assert.m4.
+
+1998-04-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ_REGEX): New macro.
+	(jm_PREREQ): Use it here.
+
+1998-03-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@eng.ascend.com>
+
+	* inttypes_h.m4: Kludges so I don't have to add HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+	in acconfig.h.
+
+1998-03-15  Jim Meyering  <meyering@eng.ascend.com>
+
+	* prereq.m4: New file.
+	* error.m4: New file.
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add error.m4 and prereq.m4.
+
+1998-02-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@eng.ascend.com>
+
+	* getline.m4: Don't set am_cv_func_working_getline before the
+	cache-check for the same variable -- that defeated the purpose of
+	the test; the test program was never run.  This was a problem only
+	on systems with losing getline functions -- HP-UX 10.20 is one.
+	Reported by Bjorn Helgaas.
+
+1998-02-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@eng.ascend.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add perl.m4.
+
+1998-01-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add const.m4.
+
+	* const.m4: New file.  Use an initializer in this declaration
+	typedef int charset[2]; const charset x;
+	Reported by Bob Glickstein.
+
 1997-12-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
 
 	* chown.m4: Fix reversed types on -1 args to chown.

m4/Makefile.am

@@ -1,11 +1,25 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
 
-# Generate this list with
-# find . -type f -name '*.m4' -printf '%f\n'|sort |fmt |tr '\012' @ \
-#   |sed 's/@$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012'
-EXTRA_DIST = README \
-check-decl.m4 chown.m4 d-ino.m4 d-type.m4 decl.m4 getgroups.m4 getline.m4 \
-getloadavg.m4 inttypes_h.m4 jm-mktime.m4 jm-winsz1.m4 jm-winsz2.m4 lfs.m4 \
-lstat.m4 malloc.m4 memcmp.m4 putenv.m4 readdir.m4 realloc.m4 \
-stat.m4 strftime.m4 uintmax_t.m4 uptime.m4 \
-mktime.m4
+##m4-files-begin
+EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in assert.m4 check-decl.m4 chown.m4 \
+const.m4 d-ino.m4 d-type.m4 decl.m4 error.m4 fstypename.m4 getgroups.m4 \
+getline.m4 getloadavg.m4 gettext.m4 inttypes_h.m4 isc-posix.m4 \
+jm-glibc-io.m4 jm-macros.m4 jm-mktime.m4 jm-winsz1.m4 jm-winsz2.m4 \
+lchown.m4 lcmessage.m4 lfs.m4 ls-mntd-fs.m4 lstat.m4 malloc.m4 memcmp.m4 \
+perl.m4 prereq.m4 progtest.m4 putenv.m4 readdir.m4 realloc.m4 regex.m4 \
+ssize_t.m4 st_mtim.m4 stat.m4 strftime.m4 uintmax_t.m4 uptime.m4 \
+utimbuf.m4 utime.m4 utimes.m4
+
+##m4-files-end
+
+Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
+	rm -f $@ $@t
+	sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t
+	( echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in; \
+	  find . -type f -name '*.m4' -print |sed 's,^\./,,' |sort ) \
+	    |fmt | (tr '\012' @; echo) \
+	    |sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \
+	  >> $@t
+	sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t
+	chmod a-w $@t
+	mv $@t $@

m4/Makefile.am.in

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
+
+##m4-files-begin
+##m4-files-end
+
+Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
+	rm -f $@ $@t
+	sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t
+	( echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in; \
+	  find . -type f -name '*.m4' -print |sed 's,^\./,,' |sort ) \
+	    |fmt | (tr '\012' @; echo) \
+	    |sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \
+	  >> $@t
+	sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t
+	chmod a-w $@t
+	mv $@t $@

m4/Makefile.in

@@ -1,19 +1,14 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.2d from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3 from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
 # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
 # PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 
-# Generate this list with
-# find . -type f -name '*.m4' -printf '%f\n'|sort |fmt |tr '\012' @ \
-#   |sed 's/@$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012'
-
 
 SHELL = /bin/sh
 
@@ -36,6 +31,8 @@ mandir = @mandir@
 includedir = @includedir@
 oldincludedir = /usr/include
 
+DISTDIR =
+
 pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
@@ -70,12 +67,12 @@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
 GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
 GT_NO = @GT_NO@
 GT_YES = @GT_YES@
+INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
 INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
 INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
 INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
 INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
 LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
-MAINT = @MAINT@
 MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
 MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
 MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
@@ -92,12 +89,14 @@ VERSION = @VERSION@
 YACC = @YACC@
 l = @l@
 
-EXTRA_DIST = README \
-check-decl.m4 chown.m4 d-ino.m4 d-type.m4 decl.m4 getgroups.m4 getline.m4 \
-getloadavg.m4 inttypes_h.m4 jm-mktime.m4 jm-winsz1.m4 jm-winsz2.m4 lfs.m4 \
-lstat.m4 malloc.m4 memcmp.m4 putenv.m4 readdir.m4 realloc.m4 \
-stat.m4 strftime.m4 uintmax_t.m4 uptime.m4 \
-mktime.m4
+EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in assert.m4 check-decl.m4 chown.m4 \
+const.m4 d-ino.m4 d-type.m4 decl.m4 error.m4 fstypename.m4 getgroups.m4 \
+getline.m4 getloadavg.m4 gettext.m4 inttypes_h.m4 isc-posix.m4 \
+jm-glibc-io.m4 jm-macros.m4 jm-mktime.m4 jm-winsz1.m4 jm-winsz2.m4 \
+lchown.m4 lcmessage.m4 lfs.m4 ls-mntd-fs.m4 lstat.m4 malloc.m4 memcmp.m4 \
+perl.m4 prereq.m4 progtest.m4 putenv.m4 readdir.m4 realloc.m4 regex.m4 \
+ssize_t.m4 st_mtim.m4 stat.m4 strftime.m4 uintmax_t.m4 uptime.m4 \
+utimbuf.m4 utime.m4 utimes.m4
 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
 CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
@@ -108,13 +107,13 @@ DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
 
 TAR = tar
 GZIP = --best
-default: all
+all: Makefile
 
 .SUFFIXES:
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
 	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits m4/Makefile
 
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 	cd $(top_builddir) \
 	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
 
@@ -154,8 +153,6 @@ install: install-exec install-data all
 
 uninstall: 
 
-all: Makefile
-
 install-strip:
 	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
 installdirs:
@@ -186,12 +183,24 @@ maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-generic distclean
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 
-.PHONY: default tags distdir info dvi installcheck install-exec \
-install-data install uninstall all installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
-distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \
-mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
+.PHONY: tags distdir info dvi installcheck install-exec install-data \
+install uninstall all installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic \
+clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean \
+maintainer-clean
 
 
+Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
+	rm -f $@ $@t
+	sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t
+	( echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in; \
+	  find . -type f -name '*.m4' -print |sed 's,^\./,,' |sort ) \
+	    |fmt | (tr '\012' @; echo) \
+	    |sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \
+	  >> $@t
+	sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t
+	chmod a-w $@t
+	mv $@t $@
+
 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
 # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
 .NOEXPORT:

m4/README

@@ -2,3 +2,7 @@ These files are used by a program called aclocal (part of the GNU automake
 package).  aclocal uses these files to create aclocal.m4 which is in turn
 used by autoconf to create the configure script at the the top level in
 this distribution.
+
+The Makefile.am file in this directory is automatically generated
+from the template file, Makefile.am.in.  The generation will fail
+if you don't have all the right tools.

m4/assert.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#serial 1
+dnl based on code from Eleftherios Gkioulekas
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_ASSERT,
+[
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to enable assertions)
+  AC_ARG_ENABLE(assert,
+                [  --disable-assert        turn off assertions],
+                [ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+		  AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG) ],
+                [ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) ]
+               )
+])

m4/chown.m4

@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_CHOWN,
  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working chown], jm_cv_func_working_chown,
   [AC_TRY_RUN([
 #   include <sys/types.h>
+#   include <stat.h>
 #   include <fcntl.h>
 #   ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
 #    include <unistd.h>
@@ -28,7 +29,14 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_CHOWN,
       char *f = "conftestchown";
       if (creat (f, 0600) < 0)
         exit (1);
-      exit (chown (f, (uid_t) -1, (gid_t) -1) == -1 ? 1 : 0);
+      if (stat (f, &before) < 0)
+        exit (1);
+      if (chown (f, (uid_t) -1, (gid_t) -1) == -1)
+        exit (1);
+      if (stat (f, &after) < 0)
+        exit (1);
+      exit ((before.st_uid == after.st_uid
+	     && before.st_gid == after.st_gid) ? 0 : 1);
     }
 	      ],
 	     jm_cv_func_working_chown=yes,

m4/const.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl Just like AC_C_CONST from autoconf-2.12, but with an initializer
+dnl for `charset x' and with
+dnl   AC_DEFINE(const, )
+dnl changed to
+dnl   AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(const, [/* empty */])
+dnl to avoid this warning:
+dnl   [...]/m4: Warning: Excess arguments to built-in `define' ignored
+
+undefine([AC_C_CONST])
+AC_DEFUN(AC_C_CONST,
+[dnl This message is consistent in form with the other checking messages,
+dnl and with the result message.
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working const], ac_cv_c_const,
+[AC_TRY_COMPILE(,
+changequote(<<, >>)dnl
+<<
+/* Ultrix mips cc rejects this.  */
+typedef int charset[2]; const charset x = {0, 0};
+/* SunOS 4.1.1 cc rejects this.  */
+char const *const *ccp;
+char **p;
+/* NEC SVR4.0.2 mips cc rejects this.  */
+struct point {int x, y;};
+static struct point const zero = {0,0};
+/* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this.
+   It does not let you subtract one const X* pointer from another in an arm
+   of an if-expression whose if-part is not a constant expression */
+const char *g = "string";
+ccp = &g + (g ? g-g : 0);
+/* HPUX 7.0 cc rejects these. */
+++ccp;
+p = (char**) ccp;
+ccp = (char const *const *) p;
+{ /* SCO 3.2v4 cc rejects this.  */
+  char *t;
+  char const *s = 0 ? (char *) 0 : (char const *) 0;
+
+  *t++ = 0;
+}
+{ /* Someone thinks the Sun supposedly-ANSI compiler will reject this.  */
+  int x[] = {25, 17};
+  const int *foo = &x[0];
+  ++foo;
+}
+{ /* Sun SC1.0 ANSI compiler rejects this -- but not the above. */
+  typedef const int *iptr;
+  iptr p = 0;
+  ++p;
+}
+{ /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this saying
+     "k.c", line 2.27: 1506-025 (S) Operand must be a modifiable lvalue. */
+  struct s { int j; const int *ap[3]; };
+  struct s *b; b->j = 5;
+}
+{ /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */
+  const int foo = 10;
+}
+>>,
+changequote([, ])dnl
+ac_cv_c_const=yes, ac_cv_c_const=no)])
+if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(const, [/* empty */])
+fi
+])

m4/error.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl FIXME: put these prerequisite-only *.m4 files in a separate
+dnl directory -- otherwise, they'll conflict with existing files.
+
+dnl These are the prerequisite macros for GNU's error.c file.
+AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_ERROR,
+[
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strerror strerror_r vprintf doprnt)
+  AC_HEADER_STDC
+])

m4/fstypename.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl From Jim Meyering.
+dnl
+dnl See if struct statfs has the f_fstypename member.
+dnl If so, define HAVE_F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_FSTYPENAME,
+  [
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for f_fstypename in struct statfs],
+		   fu_cv_sys_f_fstypename_in_statfs,
+      [
+	AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+	  [
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+	  ],
+	  [struct statfs s; int i = sizeof s.f_fstypename;],
+	  fu_cv_sys_f_fstypename_in_statfs=yes,
+	  fu_cv_sys_f_fstypename_in_statfs=no
+	)
+      ]
+    )
+
+    if test $fu_cv_sys_f_fstypename_in_statfs = yes; then
+      if test x = y; then
+	# This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
+	# FIXME: this is a hack to make autoheader put the corresponding
+	# HAVE_* undef for this symbol in config.h.in.  This saves me the
+	# trouble of having to maintain the #undef in acconfig.h manually.
+	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS)
+      fi
+      # Defining it this way (rather than via AC_DEFINE) short-circuits the
+      # autoheader check -- autoheader doesn't know it's already been taken
+      # care of by the hack above.
+      ac_kludge=HAVE_F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS
+      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge)
+    fi
+  ]
+)

m4/getline.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 3
 
 dnl See if there's a working, system-supplied version of the getline function.
 dnl We can't just do AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(getline) because some systems
@@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ dnl to do with the function we need.
 AC_DEFUN(AM_FUNC_GETLINE,
 [dnl
   am_getline_needs_run_time_check=no
-  am_cv_func_working_getline=yes
   AC_CHECK_FUNC(getline,
 		dnl Found it in some library.  Verify that it works.
 		am_getline_needs_run_time_check=yes,

m4/gettext.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+#
+# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
+# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
+
+# serial 105
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_NLS,
+  [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
+    dnl Default is enabled NLS
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
+      [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
+      USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
+    AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
+
+    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+
+    dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
+    if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
+      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
+      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
+        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
+        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
+        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
+      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
+
+      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
+      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
+        dnl to use.  If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
+        dnl use this.  Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
+	dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
+	nls_cv_header_intl=
+	nls_cv_header_libgt=
+	CATOBJEXT=NONE
+
+	AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
+	  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
+	    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
+	       gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
+
+	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
+	     AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
+	       [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
+		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
+		 [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext,
+		  gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
+		  gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)],
+		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])
+
+	     if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = yes; then
+	       LIBS="$LIBS -lintl"
+	     fi
+
+	   fi
+
+	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
+	      || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+	      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
+	      AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+		[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
+	      if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
+		AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
+		AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+		AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+		  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+		AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+			       return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
+		  [CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+		   DATADIRNAME=share],
+		  [CATOBJEXT=.mo
+		   DATADIRNAME=lib])
+		INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	])
+
+        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
+	  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used])
+	  AC_ARG_WITH(catgets,
+	    [  --with-catgets          use catgets functions if available],
+	    nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no)
+	  AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets)
+
+	  if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then
+	    dnl No gettext in C library.  Try catgets next.
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
+	    AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
+	      [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
+	       INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
+	       AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
+	       if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
+		 AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no)
+		 if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then
+		   AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt,
+		    [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)
+		 fi
+		 AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+		   [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+		 USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+		 CATOBJEXT=.cat
+		 INSTOBJEXT=.cat
+		 DATADIRNAME=lib
+		 INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
+		 INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
+		 LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+		 nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
+		 nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
+	       fi])
+	  fi
+        fi
+
+        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
+	  dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
+	  dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
+	  nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
+        fi
+      fi
+
+      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
+        INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
+        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
+        AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+        AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
+	USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+        INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+        DATADIRNAME=share
+	INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
+	INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
+	LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+        nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
+        nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
+      fi
+
+      dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
+      if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
+	dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
+	dnl Makefiles still can work.
+	if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
+	  : ;
+	else
+	  AC_MSG_RESULT(
+	    [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
+	  XGETTEXT=":"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # We need to process the po/ directory.
+      POSUB=po
+    else
+      DATADIRNAME=share
+      nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
+      nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
+    fi
+    if test -z "$nsl_cv_header_intl"; then
+      # Clean out junk possibly left behind by a previous configuration.
+      rm -f intl/libintl.h
+    fi
+    AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl)
+    AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(
+     [case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po/Makefile.in*)
+        sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile
+      esac])
+
+
+    # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
+    # because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
+    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
+      USE_NLS=yes
+      USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+    fi
+
+    dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal.  While doing this
+    dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
+    dnl in configure.in.
+    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+      GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
+      POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
+    done
+
+    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
+    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+    AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
+    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
+    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
+    AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
+    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
+    AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
+    AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
+    AC_SUBST(POFILES)
+    AC_SUBST(POSUB)
+  ])
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_GNU_GETTEXT,
+  [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
+
+   AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
+unistd.h sys/param.h])
+   AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
+strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
+
+   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
+     AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
+   fi
+   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
+     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
+   fi
+
+   AM_LC_MESSAGES
+   AM_WITH_NLS
+
+   if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
+     if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
+       LINGUAS=
+     else
+       AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
+       NEW_LINGUAS=
+       for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
+         case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
+          *$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
+         esac
+       done
+       LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
+       AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
+     fi
+
+     dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
+     if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
+       for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
+     fi
+   fi
+
+   dnl The reference to <locale.h> in the installed <libintl.h> file
+   dnl must be resolved because we cannot expect the users of this
+   dnl to define HAVE_LOCALE_H.
+   if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+     INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include <locale.h>"
+   else
+     INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\
+/* The system does not provide the header <locale.h>.  Take care yourself.  */"
+   fi
+   AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_LOCALE_H)
+
+   dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
+   dnl For now we know about two different formats:
+   dnl   Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
+   test -d intl || mkdir intl
+   if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
+     AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
+
+     dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
+     dnl cannot handle comments.
+     sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed
+   fi
+   dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
+   sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
+     $srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed
+
+   dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
+   dnl only sense for gettext.  We comment this out for non-gettext
+   dnl packages.
+   if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
+     GT_NO="#NO#"
+     GT_YES=
+   else
+     GT_NO=
+     GT_YES="#YES#"
+   fi
+   AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
+   AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
+
+   dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
+   dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir).
+   dnl Try to locate is.
+   MKINSTALLDIRS=
+   if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+     MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
+   fi
+   if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
+     MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
+   fi
+   AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+
+   dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real.
+   l=
+   AC_SUBST(l)
+
+   dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
+   dnl be included in po/Makefile.
+   test -d po || mkdir po
+   if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
+     if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
+       posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
+     else
+       posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
+     fi
+   else
+     posrcprefix="../"
+   fi
+   rm -f po/POTFILES
+   sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*,	$posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
+	< $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
+  ])

m4/inttypes_h.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
 
 dnl From Paul Eggert.
 
@@ -7,6 +7,12 @@ dnl From Paul Eggert.
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H,
 [
+  if test x = y; then
+    dnl This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
+    dnl FIXME: this is a gross hack to make autoheader put an entry
+    dnl for `HAVE_INTTYPES_H' in config.h.in.
+    AC_CHECK_FUNCS(INTTYPES_H)
+  fi
   AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h,
   [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
     [#include <sys/types.h>
@@ -15,6 +21,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H,
     jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes,
     jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)])
   if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)
+    ac_kludge=HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge)
   fi
 ])

m4/isc-posix.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#serial 1
+dnl This test replaces the one in autoconf.
+dnl Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro
+dnl because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package)
+dnl still uses it.  Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader
+dnl give these diagnostics:
+dnl   configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
+dnl   configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
+
+undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX])
+AC_DEFUN(AC_ISC_POSIX,
+  [
+    dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge.
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"])
+  ]
+)

m4/jm-glibc-io.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl From Jim Meyering.
+dnl
+dnl See if the glibc *_unlocked I/O macros are available.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_GLIBC_UNLOCKED_IO,
+  [AC_CHECK_FUNCS(				\
+    clearerr_unlocked				\
+    feof_unlocked				\
+    ferror_unlocked				\
+    fflush_unlocked				\
+    fputc_unlocked				\
+    fread_unlocked				\
+    fwrite_unlocked				\
+    getc_unlocked				\
+    getchar_unlocked				\
+    putc_unlocked				\
+    putchar_unlocked				\
+   )
+  ]
+)

m4/jm-macros.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl Misc type-related macros for fileutils, sh-utils, textutils.
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
+[
+  dnl This macro actually runs replacement code.  See isc-posix.m4.
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
+
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_WITH_REGEX])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_ASSERT])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_TYPE_SSIZE_T])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_STRUCT_UTIMBUF])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_CHECK_DECLS])
+
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_PREREQ])
+
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_LCHOWN])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_CHOWN])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_MKTIME])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_LSTAT])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_STAT])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_REALLOC])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_MALLOC])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_READDIR])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_MEMCMP])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_GLIBC_UNLOCKED_IO])
+])

m4/jm-mktime.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 3
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
@@ -7,12 +7,12 @@ dnl   /* Define to rpl_mktime if the replacement function should be used.  */
 dnl   #undef mktime
 dnl
 AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_MKTIME,
-[AC_REQUIRE([jm_AM_FUNC_MKTIME])dnl
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_FUNC_MKTIME])dnl
 
  dnl mktime.c uses localtime_r if it exists.  Check for it.
  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(localtime_r)
 
- if test $jm_am_cv_func_working_mktime = no; then
+ if test $am_cv_func_working_mktime = no; then
    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(mktime, rpl_mktime)
  fi
 ])

m4/lchown.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl From Jim Meyering.
+dnl Provide lchown on systems that lack it.
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_LCHOWN,
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_UID_T])
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(lchown)
+])

m4/lcmessage.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+#
+# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
+# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
+
+# serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_LC_MESSAGES,
+  [if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
+      [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
+       am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
+    if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
+      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES)
+    fi
+  fi])